coca cola specs vol

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

2013-13

12/2013

SECTION 15050 – BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

RELATED DOCUMENTS A.

1.2

Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY

A.

Not all listed materials and systems may be utilized for this project. Use applicable items, as required

B.

This Section includes the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11.

1.3

Piping materials and installation instructions common to most piping systems. Transition fittings. Dielectric fittings. Mechanical sleeve seals. Sleeves. Escutcheons. Grout. Equipment installation requirements common to equipment sections. Painting and finishing. Concrete bases. Supports and anchorages.

DEFINITIONS A.

Finished Spaces: Spaces other than mechanical and electrical equipment rooms, furred spaces, pipe and duct shafts, unheated spaces immediately below roof, spaces above ceilings, unexcavated spaces, crawlspaces, and tunnels.

B.

Exposed, Interior Installations: Exposed to view indoors. Examples include finished occupied spaces and mechanical equipment rooms.

C.

Exposed, Exterior Installations: Exposed to view outdoors or subject to outdoor ambient temperatures and weather conditions. Examples include rooftop locations.

D.

Concealed, Interior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from physical contact by building occupants. Examples include above ceilings and in duct shafts.

E.

Concealed, Exterior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from weather conditions and physical contact by building occupants but subject to outdoor ambient temperatures. Examples include installations within unheated shelters.

BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS

15050-1

New Coca Cola Distribution Center F.

ABS: Acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene plastic. CPVC: Chlorinated polyvinyl chloride plastic. PE: Polyethylene plastic. PVC: Polyvinyl chloride plastic.

The following are industry abbreviations for rubber materials: 1. 2.

1.4

12/2013

The following are industry abbreviations for plastic materials: 1. 2. 3. 4.

G.

2013-13

EPDM: Ethylene-propylene-diene terpolymer rubber. NBR: Acrylonitrile-butadiene rubber.

SUBMITTALS A.

GENERAL MECHANICAL SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS 1. In addition to submittal procedures indicated in other sections of this specification, all Division 15 items shall be submitted as one complete set, tabbed and indexed with all equipment and systems properly and clearly identified per project document designations (partial submittals will not be accepted without the written permission of the Engineer). All capacities, standard accessories, options and characteristics shall be clearly and individually identified. Any deviations from the specified systems and equipment shall be clearly identified and accompanied by descriptions, explanations, drawings and calculations, etc. to support their use, indicating specifically how the submitted items will meet requirements of the original design specifications. The Engineer shall have sole discretion, without recourse, as to the determination of what items are deemed suitable for approval. Submittals not meeting these requirements are subject to return without notice or review.

B.

Product Data: For the following: 1. 2. 3. 4.

C. 1.5

Transition fittings. Dielectric fittings. Mechanical sleeve seals. Escutcheons.

Welding certificates. QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. B.

Steel Support Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code--Steel."

C.

Steel Pipe Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section IX, "Welding and Brazing Qualifications." 1.

Comply with provisions in ASME B31 Series, "Code for Pressure Piping."

BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS

15050-2

New Coca Cola Distribution Center 2.

2013-13

12/2013

Certify that each welder has passed AWS qualification tests for welding processes involved and that certification is current.

D.

Electrical Characteristics for Mechanical Equipment: Equipment of higher electrical characteristics may be furnished provided such proposed equipment is approved in writing and connecting electrical services, circuit breakers, and conduit sizes are appropriately modified. If minimum energy ratings or efficiencies are specified, equipment shall comply with requirements.

E.

MOTOR STARTERS AND CONTROLS SHALL BE FURNISHED WITH ALL MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS, UNLESS OTHERWISE APPROVED. EXCEPTION: STARTERS THAT ARE TO BE FURNISHED AS PART OF A MOTOR CONTROL CENTER (MCC) SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH, AND FURNISHED BY ELECTRICAL.

F.

ALL CONTROL WIRING SHALL BE INSTALLED IN EMT CONDUIT (OR OTHER APPROVED RACEWAY) AS PER DIVISION 16, AND NEC REQUIREMENTS, UNLESS OTHERWISE APPROVED. EXCEPTION: PROPERLY RATED CABLE (CEILING PLENUM, ETC.) MAY BE INSTALLED IN ACCESSIBLE, CONCEALED SPACES, AS DIRECTED IN OTHER SECTIONS OF THIS SPECIFICATION.

G.

Work shall be performed in accordance with quality, commercial practices. The appearance of finished work shall be of equal importance with its operation. Materials and equipment shall be installed based upon the actual dimensions and conditions at the project site. Locations for materials or equipment requiring an exact fit shall be field measured. Rotating equipment, piping and duct system shall be isolated to avoid unacceptable noise levels from objectionable vibrations from all systems without cost to the Owner.

H.

Some mechanical equipment sizes indicated on the Drawings are based on a particular manufacturer. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to verify that the equipment he proposes to furnish will fit in the space indicated on the Drawings. Refer to Architectural and Structural Drawings for building dimensions. Equipment furnishing by the Owner shall be coordinated with equipment furnished and installed under this section and other sections.

1.6

DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A.

Deliver pipes and tubes with factory-applied end caps. Maintain end caps through shipping, storage, and handling to prevent pipe end damage and to prevent entrance of dirt, debris, and moisture.

B.

Store plastic pipes protected from direct sunlight. Support to prevent sagging and bending.

1.7

COORDINATION A.

Arrange for pipe spaces, chases, slots, and openings in building structure during progress of construction, to allow for mechanical installations.

B.

Coordinate installation of required supporting devices and set sleeves in poured-in-place concrete and other structural components as they are constructed.

BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS

15050-3

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

2013-13

12/2013

C.

Coordinate requirements for access panels and doors for mechanical items requiring access that are concealed behind finished surfaces.

D.

Where the mechanical drawings indicate (diagrammatically or otherwise) the work intended and the functions to be performed, even though some minor details are not shown, the Contractor shall furnish all equipment, material (other than Owner furnished items), and labor to complete the installation, and accomplish all indicated functions of the mechanical installation. Further, the Contractor shall be responsible for taking the necessary actions to ensure that all mechanical work is coordinated and compatible with architectural, electrical and structural plans. In the event of conflict between the plans and the enforcing code authority, the latter shall rule. Any modification resulting there from shall be made without additional cost to the Owner or Engineer. The contractor shall report such modifications to the Architect in writing and secure approval before proceeding. Where a conflict between the construction drawings and specifications occur the greater quantity and/or greater quality shall be used.

E.

Maintain "As-Built" Drawing to be included with the O & M Manuals. Maintain a set of "BlueLine Prints and indicate changes and diagrams of those portions of work in which actual construction is significantly at variance with the Contract Drawings. Mark the Drawings with a colored pencil. Prepare, as the work progresses and upon completion of work, drawings clearly indicating locations of all devices, equipment and other pertinent items, as installed. Include invert elevation or buried depth of piping. Upon completion of the project, submit all materials to the Owner, after verifying all the above data is shown correctly.

F.

Perform work to meet or exceed the requirements of the International Building Code, International Mechanical Code, International Plumbing Code and other applicable statutes, ordinances, codes and regulations of governmental authorities having jurisdiction. Resolve any code violation discovered in the Contract Documents with the Engineer prior to award of the Contract. After award of the Contract, make any corrections or additions necessary for compliance with applicable codes at no additional cost to the Owner.

G.

Obtain and pay for all permits, licenses and inspections as required by law for the completion of the work. Comply with the requirements of the applicable utility companies serving this project. Make all arrangements with the utility companies for proper coordination of the work.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

MANUFACTURERS A.

In other Part 2 articles where subparagraph titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply for product selection: 1.

2.

2.2

Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the manufacturers specified. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the manufacturers specified.

PIPE, TUBE, AND FITTINGS

BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS

15050-4

New Coca Cola Distribution Center A. 2.3

2013-13

12/2013

Pipe Threads: ASME B1.20.1 for factory-threaded pipe and pipe fittings. JOINING MATERIALS

A.

Refer to individual Division 15 piping Sections for special joining materials not listed below.

B.

Pipe-Flange Gasket Materials: Suitable for chemical and thermal conditions of piping system contents. 1.

ASME B16.21, nonmetallic, flat, asbestos-free, 1/8-inch maximum thickness unless thickness or specific material is indicated. a. b.

2.

Full-Face Type: For flat-face, Class 125, cast-iron and cast-bronze flanges. Narrow-Face Type: For raised-face, Class 250, cast-iron and steel flanges.

AWWA C110, rubber, flat face, 1/8 inch thick, unless otherwise indicated; and full-face or ring type, unless otherwise indicated.

C.

Flange Bolts and Nuts: ASME B18.2.1, carbon steel, unless otherwise indicated.

D.

Plastic, Pipe-Flange Gasket, Bolts, and Nuts: Type and material recommended by piping system manufacturer, unless otherwise indicated.

E.

Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B 32, lead-free alloys. Include water-flushable flux according to ASTM B 813.

F.

Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8, BCuP Series, copper-phosphorus alloys for general-duty brazing, unless otherwise indicated; and AWS A5.8, BAg1, silver alloy for refrigerant piping, unless otherwise indicated.

G.

Welding Filler Metals: Comply with AWS D10.12 for welding materials appropriate for wall thickness and chemical analysis of steel pipe being welded.

H.

Fiberglass Pipe Adhesive: As furnished or recommended by pipe manufacturer.

2.4

TRANSITION FITTINGS A.

AWWA Transition Couplings: Same size as, and with pressure rating at least equal to and with ends compatible with, piping to be joined. 1.

Manufacturers: a. b. c.

2. 3. 4.

Cascade Waterworks Mfg. Co. Dresser Industries, Inc.; DMD Div. JCM Industries.

Underground Piping NPS 1-1/2 and Smaller: Manufactured fitting or coupling. Underground Piping NPS 2 and Larger: AWWA C219, metal sleeve-type coupling. Aboveground Pressure Piping: Pipe fitting.

BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS

15050-5

New Coca Cola Distribution Center B.

12/2013

Flexible Transition Couplings for Underground Nonpressure Drainage Piping: ASTM C 1173 with elastomeric sleeve, ends same size as piping to be joined, and corrosion-resistant metal band on each end. 1.

Manufacturers: a. b. c.

2.5

2013-13

Cascade Waterworks Mfg. Co. Fernco, Inc. Mission Rubber Company.

DIELECTRIC FITTINGS A.

Description: Combination fitting of copper alloy and ferrous materials with threaded, solderjoint, plain, or weld-neck end connections that match piping system materials.

B.

Insulating Material: Suitable for system fluid, pressure, and temperature.

C.

Dielectric Unions: Factory-fabricated, union assembly, for 250-psig minimum working pressure at 180 deg F. 1.

Manufacturers: a. b. c.

D.

Dielectric Flanges: Factory-fabricated, companion-flange assembly, for 150- or 300-psig minimum working pressure as required to suit system pressures. 1.

Manufacturers: a. b. c.

E.

Capitol Manufacturing Co. Epco Sales, Inc. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div.

Dielectric-Flange Kits: Companion-flange assembly for field assembly. Include flanges, fullface- or ring-type neoprene or phenolic gasket, phenolic or polyethylene bolt sleeves, phenolic washers, and steel backing washers. 1.

Manufacturers: a. b. c.

2. F.

Capitol Manufacturing Co. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. Zurn Industries, Inc.; Wilkins Div.

Advance Products & Systems, Inc. Calpico, Inc. Central Plastics Company.

Separate companion flanges and steel bolts and nuts shall have 150- or 300-psig minimum working pressure where required to suit system pressures.

Dielectric Couplings: Galvanized-steel coupling with inert and noncorrosive, thermoplastic lining; threaded ends; and 300-psig minimum working pressure at 225 deg F.

BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS

15050-6

New Coca Cola Distribution Center 1.

Calpico, Inc. Lochinvar Corp.

Dielectric Nipples: Electroplated steel nipple with inert and noncorrosive, thermoplastic lining; plain, threaded, or grooved ends; and 300-psig minimum working pressure at 225 deg F. 1.

Manufacturers: a. b. c.

2.6

12/2013

Manufacturers: a. b.

G.

2013-13

Perfection Corp. Precision Plumbing Products, Inc. Victaulic Co. of America.

MECHANICAL SLEEVE SEALS A.

Description: Modular sealing element unit, designed for field assembly, to fill annular space between pipe and sleeve. 1.

Manufacturers: a. b. c.

2. 3. 4.

2.7

Advance Products & Systems, Inc. Calpico, Inc. Metraflex Co.

Sealing Elements: EPDM interlocking links shaped to fit surface of pipe. Include type and number required for pipe material and size of pipe. Pressure Plates: Stainless steel. Include two for each sealing element. Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Stainless steel of length required to secure pressure plates to sealing elements. Include one for each sealing element.

SLEEVES A.

Galvanized-Steel Sheet: longitudinal joint.

B.

Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, galvanized, plain ends.

C.

Cast Iron: Cast or fabricated "wall pipe" equivalent to ductile-iron pressure pipe, with plain ends and integral waterstop, unless otherwise indicated.

D.

Stack Sleeve Fittings: Manufactured, cast-iron sleeve with integral clamping flange. Include clamping ring and bolts and nuts for membrane flashing. 1.

0.0239-inch minimum thickness; round tube closed with welded

Underdeck Clamp: Clamping ring with set screws.

BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS

15050-7

New Coca Cola Distribution Center 2.8

2013-13

12/2013

ESCUTCHEONS A.

Description: Manufactured wall and ceiling escutcheons and floor plates, with an ID to closely fit around pipe, tube, and insulation of insulated piping and an OD that completely covers opening. Where possible one piece escutcheons shall be used.

B.

One-Piece, Deep-Pattern Type: Deep-drawn, box-shaped brass with polished chrome-plated finish.

C.

One-Piece, Cast-Brass Type: With set screw. 1.

D.

Finish: Polished chrome-plated.

Split-Casting, Cast-Brass Type: With concealed hinge and set screw. 1.

Finish: Polished chrome-plated.

E.

One-Piece, Stamped-Steel Type: With set screw or spring clips and chrome-plated finish.

F.

Split-Plate, Stamped-Steel Type: With concealed hinge, set screw or spring clips, and chromeplated finish.

G.

One-Piece, Floor-Plate Type: Cast-iron floor plate.

H.

Split-Casting, Floor-Plate Type: Cast brass with concealed hinge and set screw.

2.9

GROUT A.

Description: ASTM C 1107, Grade B, nonshrink and nonmetallic, dry hydraulic-cement grout. 1. 2. 3.

2.10 A.

Characteristics: Post-hardening, volume-adjusting, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous, and recommended for interior and exterior applications. Design Mix: 5000-psi, 28-day compressive strength. Packaging: Premixed and factory packaged.

DRAIN PANS Description: Aluminum or stainless steel formed or welded construction, sized to accommodate the equipment the pan is intended to protect. All equipment (i.e. water heaters, air handlers, pumps, etc.) that are required by code or as indicated on the construction documents shall be provided with a drain pan with the associated copper drain pipe routed to a code compliant receptor.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

PIPING SYSTEMS - COMMON REQUIREMENTS A.

Install piping according to the following requirements and Division 15 Sections specifying piping systems.

BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS

15050-8

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

2013-13

12/2013

B.

Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping systems. Indicated locations and arrangements were used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, pump sizing, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved prior to installation.

C.

Install piping in concealed locations, unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms and service areas.

D.

Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise.

E.

Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal.

F.

Install piping to permit valve servicing.

G.

Install piping at indicated slopes.

H.

Install piping free of sags and bends.

I.

Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections.

J.

Install piping to allow application of insulation.

K.

Select system components with pressure rating equal to or greater than system operating pressure.

L.

Install escutcheons for penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors according to the following: 1.

New Piping: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h.

M.

Piping with Fitting or Sleeve Protruding from Wall: One-piece, deep-pattern type. Chrome-Plated Piping: One-piece, cast-brass type with polished chrome-plated finish. Insulated Piping: One-piece, stamped-steel type with spring clips. Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece, castbrass type with polished chrome-plated finish. Bare Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece, stamped-steel type or split-plate, stamped-steel type with concealed hinge and set screw. Bare Piping in Unfinished Service Spaces: One-piece, stamped-steel type with concealed hinge and set screw or spring clips. Bare Piping in Equipment Rooms: One-piece, stamped-steel type with set screw or spring clips. Bare Piping at Floor Penetrations in Equipment Rooms: One-piece, floor-plate type.

Install sleeves for pipes passing through concrete and masonry walls and concrete floor and roof slabs. 1.

Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces.

BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS

15050-9

New Coca Cola Distribution Center a.

2. 3.

c.

Exception: Extend sleeves installed in floors of mechanical equipment areas or other wet areas 2 inches above finished floor level. Extend cast-iron sleeve fittings below floor slab as required to secure clamping ring if ring is specified.

Steel Pipe Sleeves: For pipes smaller than NPS 6. Steel Sheet Sleeves: For pipes NPS 6 and larger, penetrating gypsum-board partitions. Stack Sleeve Fittings: For pipes penetrating floors with membrane waterproofing. Secure flashing between clamping flanges. Install section of cast-iron soil pipe to extend sleeve to 2 inches above finished floor level. Installation shall comply with roofing system warranty requirements. 1)

N.

Seal space outside of sleeve fittings with grout.

Except for underground wall penetrations, seal annular space between sleeve and pipe or pipe insulation, using joint sealants appropriate for size, depth, and location of joint.

Aboveground, Exterior-Wall Pipe Penetrations: Seal penetrations using sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals. Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals. 1. 2. 3.

O.

12/2013

Install sleeves in new walls and slabs as new walls and slabs are constructed. Install sleeves that are large enough to provide 1/4-inch annular clear space between sleeve and pipe or pipe insulation. Use the following sleeve materials: a. b.

4.

2013-13

Install steel pipe for sleeves smaller than 6 inches in diameter. Install cast-iron "wall pipes" for sleeves 6 inches and larger in diameter. Mechanical Sleeve Seal Installation: Select type and number of sealing elements required for pipe material and size. Position pipe in center of sleeve. Assemble mechanical sleeve seals and install in annular space between pipe and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make watertight seal.

Underground, Exterior-Wall Pipe Penetrations: Install cast-iron "wall pipes" for sleeves. Seal pipe penetrations using mechanical sleeve seals. Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals. 1.

Mechanical Sleeve Seal Installation: Select type and number of sealing elements required for pipe material and size. Position pipe in center of sleeve. Assemble mechanical sleeve seals and install in annular space between pipe and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make watertight seal.

P.

Fire-Barrier Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors at pipe penetrations. Seal pipe penetrations with firestop materials.

Q.

Verify final equipment locations for roughing-in.

BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS

15050-10

New Coca Cola Distribution Center 3.2

2013-13

12/2013

PIPING JOINT CONSTRUCTION A.

Join pipe and fittings according to the following requirements and Division 15 Sections specifying piping systems.

B.

Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe.

C.

Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings before assembly.

D.

Soldered Joints: Apply ASTM B 813, water-flushable flux, unless otherwise indicated, to tube end. Construct joints according to ASTM B 828 or CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook," using lead-free solder alloy complying with ASTM B 32.

E.

Brazed Joints: Construct joints according to AWS's "Brazing Handbook," "Pipe and Tube" Chapter, using copper-phosphorus brazing filler metal complying with AWS A5.8.

F.

Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B1.20.1. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows: 1. 2.

Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads unless dry seal threading is specified. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or damaged. Do not use pipe sections that have cracked or open welds.

G.

Welded Joints: Construct joints according to AWS D10.12, using qualified processes and welding operators according to Part 1 "Quality Assurance" Article.

H.

Flanged Joints: Select appropriate gasket material, size, type, and thickness for service application. Install gasket concentrically positioned. Use suitable lubricants on bolt threads.

I.

Plastic Piping Solvent-Cement Joints: Clean and dry joining surfaces. Join pipe and fittings according to the following: 1. 2. 3. 4.

5. 6.

Comply with ASTM F 402 for safe-handling practice of cleaners, primers, and solvent cements. ABS Piping: Join according to ASTM D 2235 and ASTM D 2661 Appendixes. CPVC Piping: Join according to ASTM D 2846/D 2846M Appendix. PVC Pressure Piping: Join schedule number ASTM D 1785, PVC pipe and PVC socket fittings according to ASTM D 2672. Join other-than-schedule-number PVC pipe and socket fittings according to ASTM D 2855. PVC Nonpressure Piping: Join according to ASTM D 2855. PVC to ABS Nonpressure Transition Fittings: Join according to ASTM D 3138 Appendix.

J.

Plastic Pressure Piping Gasketed Joints: Join according to ASTM D 3139.

K.

Plastic Nonpressure Piping Gasketed Joints: Join according to ASTM D 3212.

BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS

15050-11

New Coca Cola Distribution Center L.

3.3

12/2013

PE Piping Heat-Fusion Joints: Clean and dry joining surfaces by wiping with clean cloth or paper towels. Join according to ASTM D 2657. 1. 2.

M.

2013-13

Plain-End Pipe and Fittings: Use butt fusion. Plain-End Pipe and Socket Fittings: Use socket fusion.

Fiberglass Bonded Joints: Prepare pipe ends and fittings, apply adhesive, and join according to pipe manufacturer's written instructions. PIPING CONNECTIONS

A.

Make connections according to the following, unless otherwise indicated: 1. 2. 3. 4.

3.4

Install unions, in piping NPS 2 and smaller, adjacent to each valve and at final connection to each piece of equipment. Install flanges, in piping NPS 2-1/2 and larger, adjacent to flanged valves and at final connection to each piece of equipment. Dry Piping Systems: Install dielectric unions and flanges to connect piping materials of dissimilar metals. Wet Piping Systems: Install dielectric coupling and nipple fittings to connect piping materials of dissimilar metals.

EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION - COMMON REQUIREMENTS A.

Install equipment to allow maximum possible headroom unless specific mounting heights are indicated.

B.

Install equipment level and plumb, parallel and perpendicular to other building systems and components in exposed interior spaces, unless otherwise indicated.

C.

Install mechanical equipment to facilitate service, maintenance, and repair or replacement of components. Connect equipment for ease of disconnecting, with minimum interference to other installations. Extend grease fittings to accessible locations.

D.

Install equipment to allow right of way for piping installed at required slope.

E.

Install drain pans under equipment in such a manner that there is sufficient fall for the water to drain if an overflow/leak condition occurs. The contractor is responsible for coordinating the size and equipment installation for a drain pan and piping system that meets code and functionality requirements.

3.5

PAINTING A.

Damage and Touchup: Repair marred and damaged factory-painted finishes with materials and procedures to match original factory finish.

BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS

15050-12

New Coca Cola Distribution Center 3.6

2013-13

12/2013

CONCRETE BASES A.

Concrete Bases: Anchor equipment to concrete base according to equipment manufacturer's written instructions and according to seismic codes at Project. 1. 2. 3. 4.

5. 6. 7. 3.7

Construct concrete bases of dimensions indicated, but not less than 4 inches larger in both directions than supported unit. Install dowel rods to connect concrete base to concrete floor. Unless otherwise indicated, install dowel rods on 18-inch centers around the full perimeter of the base. Install epoxy-coated anchor bolts for supported equipment that extend through concrete base, and anchor into structural concrete floor. Place and secure anchorage devices. Use supported equipment manufacturer's setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to supported equipment. Install anchor bolts according to anchor-bolt manufacturer's written instructions. Use 3000-psi, 28-day compressive-strength concrete and reinforcement.

ERECTION OF METAL SUPPORTS AND ANCHORAGES A.

Cut, fit, and place miscellaneous metal supports accurately in location, alignment, and elevation to support and anchor mechanical materials and equipment.

B.

Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1.

3.8

ERECTION OF WOOD SUPPORTS AND ANCHORAGES A.

Cut, fit, and place wood grounds, nailers, blocking, and anchorages to support, and anchor mechanical materials and equipment.

B.

Select fastener sizes that will not penetrate members if opposite side will be exposed to view or will receive finish materials. Tighten connections between members. Install fasteners without splitting wood members.

C.

Attach to substrates as required to support applied loads.

3.9

GROUTING A.

Mix and install grout for mechanical equipment base bearing surfaces, pump and other equipment base plates, and anchors.

B.

Clean surfaces that will come into contact with grout.

C.

Provide forms as required for placement of grout.

D.

Avoid air entrapment during placement of grout.

E.

Place grout, completely filling equipment bases.

BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS

15050-13

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

2013-13

F.

Place grout on concrete bases and provide smooth bearing surface for equipment.

G.

Place grout around anchors.

H.

Cure placed grout.

12/2013

END OF SECTION

BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS

15050-14

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

2013-13

12/2013

SECTION 15060 – HANGERS AND SUPPORTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

RELATED DOCUMENTS A.

1.2

SUMMARY A.

This Section includes hangers and supports for mechanical system piping and equipment.

B.

Not all listed devices may be utilized for this project. Use applicable units, as required.

1.3

DEFINITIONS A.

MSS: Manufacturers Standardization Society for the Valve and Fittings Industry.

B.

Terminology: As defined in MSS SP-90, "Guidelines on Terminology for Pipe Hangers and Supports."

1.4

PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A.

Design channel support systems for piping to support multiple pipes capable of supporting combined weight of supported systems, system contents, and test water.

B.

Design heavy-duty steel trapezes for piping to support multiple pipes capable of supporting combined weight of supported systems, system contents, and test water.

C.

Design seismic restraint hangers and supports for piping and equipment, to meet applicable code requirements.

D.

Design and obtain approval from authorities having jurisdiction for seismic restraint hangers and supports for piping and equipment, where required by code.

1.5

SUBMITTALS A.

1.6

Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

Product Data: For each type of pipe hanger, channel support system component, and thermalhanger shield insert indicated. QUALITY ASSURANCE

HANGERS AND SUPPORTS

15060-1

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

A.

2013-13

12/2013

Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section IX, "Welding and Brazing Qualifications."

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

MANUFACTURERS A.

Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1.

Pipe Hangers: a. B-Line Systems, Inc. b. Grinnell Corp. c. Piping Technology & Products, Inc.

2.

Channel Support Systems: a. b. c.

3.

2.2

B-Line Systems, Inc. Grinnell Corp.; Power-Strut Unit. Unistrut Corp.

Thermal-Hanger Shield Inserts: a. Pipe Shields, Inc. b. Rilco Manufacturing Co., Inc. c. Value Engineered Products, Inc.

MANUFACTURED UNITS A.

Pipe Hangers, Supports, and Components: Refer to "Hanger and Support Applications" Article in Part 3 for where to use specific hanger and support types. 1. 2.

B.

Channel Support Systems: MFMA-2, factory-fabricated components for field assembly. 1. 2.

C.

Galvanized, Metallic Coatings: For piping and equipment that will not have field-applied finish. Nonmetallic Coatings: On attachments for electrolytic protection where attachments are in direct contact with copper tubing.

Coatings: Manufacturer's standard finish, unless bare metal surfaces are indicated. Nonmetallic Coatings: On attachments for electrolytic protection where attachments are in direct contact with copper tubing.

Thermal-Hanger Shield Inserts: 100-psi minimum compressive-strength insulation, encased in sheet metal shield. 1. 2.

Material for Cold Piping: ASTM C 552, Type I cellular glass or water-repellent-treated, ASTM C 533, Type I calcium silicate with vapor barrier. Material for Hot Piping: ASTM C 552, Type I cellular glass or water-repellent-treated, ASTM C 533, Type I calcium silicate.

HANGERS AND SUPPORTS

15060-2

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

3. 4. 5.

2.3

2013-13

12/2013

For Trapeze or Clamped System: Insert and shield cover entire circumference of pipe. For Clevis or Band Hanger: Insert and shield cover lower 180 degrees of pipe. Insert Length: Extend 2 inches beyond sheet metal shield for piping operating below ambient air temperature.

MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A.

Mechanical-Anchor Fasteners: Insert-type attachments with pull-out and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used.

B.

Structural Steel: ASTM A 36/A 36M, steel plates, shapes, and bars, black and galvanized.

C.

Grout: ASTM C 1107, Grade B, factory-mixed and -packaged, nonshrink and nonmetallic, dry, hydraulic-cement grout. 1. 2. 3.

Characteristics: Post hardening and volume adjusting; recommended for both interior and exterior applications. Properties: Nonstaining, noncorrosive, and nongaseous. Design Mix: 5000-psi, 28-day compressive strength.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

HANGER AND SUPPORT APPLICATIONS A.

Comply with MSS SP-69 for pipe hanger selections and applications that are not specified in piping system Specification Sections.

B.

Horizontal-Piping Hangers and Supports: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Specification Sections, install the following types: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.

Adjustable Steel Clevis Hangers (MSS Type 1): For suspension of noninsulated or insulated stationary pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 30. Yoke-Type Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 2): For suspension of 120 to 450 deg F pipes, NPS 4 to NPS 16, requiring up to 4 inches of insulation. Carbon- or Alloy-Steel, Double-Bolt Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 3): For suspension of pipes, NPS 3/4 to NPS 24, requiring clamp flexibility and up to 4 inches of insulation. Steel Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 4): For suspension of cold and hot pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 24, if little or no insulation is required. Pipe Hangers (MSS Type 5): For suspension of pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 4, to allow offcenter closure for hanger installation before pipe erection. Adjustable Swivel Split- or Solid-Ring Hangers (MSS Type 6): For suspension of noninsulated stationary pipes, NPS 3/4 to NPS 8. Adjustable Steel Band Hangers (MSS Type 7): For suspension of noninsulated stationary pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 8. Adjustable Band Hangers (MSS Type 9): For suspension of noninsulated stationary pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 8. Adjustable Swivel-Ring Band Hangers (MSS Type 10): For suspension of noninsulated stationary pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 2.

HANGERS AND SUPPORTS

15060-3

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

16. 17.

18.

19.

20.

21.

C.

2.

Split Pipe-Ring with or without Turnbuckle-Adjustment Hangers (MSS Type 11): For suspension of noninsulated stationary pipes, NPS 3/8 to NPS 8. Extension Hinged or Two-Bolt Split Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 12): For suspension of noninsulated stationary pipes, NPS 3/8 to NPS 3. U-Bolts (MSS Type 24): For support of heavy pipe, NPS 1/2 to NPS 30. Pipe Saddle Supports (MSS Type 36): For support of pipes, NPS 4 to NPS 36, with steel pipe base stanchion support and cast-iron floor flange. Pipe Stanchion Saddles (MSS Type 37): For support of pipes, NPS 4 to NPS 36, with steel pipe base stanchion support and cast-iron floor flange and with U-bolt to retain pipe. Adjustable Pipe Saddle Supports (MSS Type 38): For stanchion-type support for pipes, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 36, if vertical adjustment is required, with steel pipe base stanchion support and cast-iron floor flange. Single Pipe Rolls (MSS Type 41): For suspension of pipes, NPS 1 to NPS 30, from two rods if longitudinal movement caused by expansion and contraction might occur. Adjustable Roller Hangers (MSS Type 43): For suspension of pipes, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 20, from single rod if horizontal movement caused by expansion and contraction might occur. Complete Pipe Rolls (MSS Type 44): For support of pipes, NPS 2 to NPS 42, if longitudinal movement caused by expansion and contraction might occur but vertical adjustment is not necessary. Pipe Roll and Plate Units (MSS Type 45): For support of pipes, NPS 2 to NPS 24, if small horizontal movement caused by expansion and contraction might occur and vertical adjustment is not necessary. Adjustable Pipe Roll and Base Units (MSS Type 46): For support of pipes, NPS 2 to NPS 30, if vertical and lateral adjustment during installation might be required in addition to expansion and contraction. Roof application: For support of pipes, NPS ¾ to NPS 8, where installation is above a flat roofing system. Supports shall be installed to comply with the roof warranty. Supports shall be roller type with vertical adjustment. Roller shall be coated steel or hard plastic and shall be selected based on the manufacturer’s data for pipe size and weight.

Extension Pipe or Riser Clamps (MSS Type 8): For support of pipe risers, NPS 3/4 to NPS 20. Carbon- or Alloy-Steel Riser Clamps (MSS Type 42): For support of pipe risers, NPS 3/4 to NPS 20, if longer ends are required for riser clamps.

Hanger-Rod Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Specification Sections, install the following types: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

E.

12/2013

Vertical-Piping Clamps: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Specification Sections, install the following types: 1.

D.

2013-13

Steel Turnbuckles (MSS Type 13): For adjustment up to 6 inches for heavy loads. Steel Clevises (MSS Type 14): For 120 to 450 deg F piping installations. Swivel Turnbuckles (MSS Type 15): For use with MSS Type 11, split pipe rings. Malleable-Iron Sockets (MSS Type 16): For attaching hanger rods to various types of building attachments. Steel Weldless Eye Nuts (MSS Type 17): For 120 to 450 deg F piping installations.

Building Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Specification Sections, install the following types:

HANGERS AND SUPPORTS

15060-4

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12.

F.

Light (MSS Type 31): 750 lb. Medium (MSS Type 32): 1500 lb. Heavy (MSS Type 33): 3000 lb.

Side-Beam Brackets (MSS Type 34): For sides of steel or wooden beams. Plate Lugs (MSS Type 57): For attaching to steel beams if flexibility at beam is required. Horizontal Travelers (MSS Type 58): For supporting piping systems subject to linear horizontal movement where head room is limited.

Saddles and Shields: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Specification Sections, install the following types: 1. 2. 3.

G.

12/2013

Steel or Malleable Concrete Inserts (MSS Type 18): For upper attachment to suspend pipe hangers from concrete ceiling. Top-Beam C-Clamps (MSS Type 19): For use under roof installations with bar-joist construction to attach to top flange of structural shape. Side-Beam or Channel Clamps (MSS Type 20): For attaching to bottom flange of beams, channels, or angles. Center-Beam Clamps (MSS Type 21): For attaching to center of bottom flange of beams. Welded Beam Attachments (MSS Type 22): For attaching to bottom of beams if loads are considerable and rod sizes are large. C-Clamps (MSS Type 23): For structural shapes. Top-Beam Clamps (MSS Type 25): For top of beams if hanger rod is required tangent to flange edge. Side-Beam Clamps (MSS Type 27): For bottom of steel I-beams. Steel-Beam Clamps with Eye Nuts (MSS Type 28): For attaching to bottom of steel Ibeams for heavy loads. Linked-Steel Clamps with Eye Nuts (MSS Type 29): For attaching to bottom of steel Ibeams for heavy loads, with link extensions. Malleable Beam Clamps with Extension Pieces (MSS Type 30): For attaching to structural steel. Welded-Steel Brackets: For support of pipes from below or for suspending from above by using clip and rod. Use one of the following for indicated loads: a. b. c.

13. 14. 15.

2013-13

Steel Pipe-Covering Protection Saddles (MSS Type 39): To fill interior voids with insulation that matches adjoining insulation. Protection Shields (MSS Type 40): Of length recommended by manufacturer to prevent crushing insulation. Thermal-Hanger Shield Inserts: For supporting insulated pipe, 360-degree insert of highdensity, 100-psi minimum compressive-strength, water-repellent-treated calcium silicate or cellular-glass pipe insulation, same thickness as adjoining insulation with vapor barrier and encased in 360-degree sheet metal shield.

Spring Hangers and Supports: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Specification Sections, install the following types: 1. 2. 3.

Restraint-Control Devices (MSS Type 47): Where indicated to control piping movement. Spring Cushions (MSS Type 48): For light loads if vertical movement does not exceed 1-1/4 inches. Spring-Cushion Roll Hangers (MSS Type 49): For equipping Type 41 roll hanger with springs.

HANGERS AND SUPPORTS

15060-5

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

4. 5. 6.

7.

8.

12/2013

Spring Sway Braces (MSS Type 50): To retard sway, shock, vibration, or thermal expansion in piping systems. Variable-Spring Hangers (MSS Type 51): Preset to indicated load and limit variability factor to 25 percent to absorb expansion and contraction of piping system from hanger. Variable-Spring Base Supports (MSS Type 52): Preset to indicated load and limit variability factor to 25 percent to absorb expansion and contraction of piping system from base support. Variable-Spring Trapeze Hangers (MSS Type 53): Preset to indicated load and limit variability factor to 25 percent to absorb expansion and contraction of piping system from trapeze support. Constant Supports: For critical piping stress and if necessary to avoid transfer of stress from one support to another support, critical terminal, or connected equipment. Include auxiliary stops for erection, hydrostatic test, and load-adjustment capability. These supports include the following types: a. b. c.

3.2

2013-13

Horizontal (MSS Type 54): Mounted horizontally. Vertical (MSS Type 55): Mounted vertically. Trapeze (MSS Type 56): Two vertical-type supports and one trapeze member.

HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION A.

Pipe Hanger and Support Installation: Comply with MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-89. Install hangers, supports, clamps, and attachments as required to properly support piping from building structure.

B.

Channel Support System Installation: Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of piping and support together on field-assembled channel systems. 1.

C.

Field assemble and install according to manufacturer's written instructions.

Heavy-Duty Steel Trapeze Installation: Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of horizontal piping and support together on field-fabricated, heavy-duty trapezes. 1.

2.

Pipes of Various Sizes: Support together and space trapezes for smallest pipe size or install intermediate supports for smaller diameter pipes as specified above for individual pipe hangers. Field fabricate from ASTM A 36/A 36M, steel shapes selected for loads being supported. Weld steel according to AWS D-1.1.

D.

Install building attachments within concrete slabs or attach to structural steel. Space attachments within maximum piping span length indicated in MSS SP-69. Install additional attachments at concentrated loads, including valves, flanges, guides, strainers, and expansion joints, and at changes in direction of piping. Install concrete inserts before concrete is placed; fasten inserts to forms and install reinforcing bars through openings at top of inserts.

E.

Install mechanical-anchor fasteners in concrete after concrete is placed and completely cured. Install fasteners according to manufacturer's written instructions.

F.

Install hangers and supports complete with necessary inserts, bolts, rods, nuts, washers, and other accessories.

HANGERS AND SUPPORTS

15060-6

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

2013-13

12/2013

G.

Install hangers and supports to allow controlled thermal and seismic movement of piping systems, to permit freedom of movement between pipe anchors, and to facilitate action of expansion joints, expansion loops, expansion bends, and similar units.

H.

Load Distribution: Install hangers and supports so that piping live and dead loads and stresses from movement will not be transmitted to connected equipment.

I.

Pipe Slopes: Install hangers and supports to provide indicated pipe slopes and so maximum pipe deflections allowed by ASME B31.9, "Building Services Piping," is not exceeded.

J.

Insulated Piping: Comply with the following: 1.

Attach clamps and spacers to piping. a. b. c.

2.

Install MSS SP-58, Type 39 protection saddles, if insulation without vapor barrier is indicated. Fill interior voids with insulation that matches adjoining insulation. a.

3.

3.3

Option: Thermal-hanger shield inserts may be used. Include steel weightdistribution plate for pipe NPS 4 and larger if pipe is installed on rollers.

Shield Dimensions for Pipe: Not less than the following: a. b. c. d. e.

5. 6. 7.

Option: Thermal-hanger shield inserts may be used. Include steel weightdistribution plate for pipe NPS 4 and larger if pipe is installed on rollers.

Install MSS SP-58, Type 40 protective shields on cold piping with vapor barrier. Shields shall span arc of 180 degrees. a.

4.

Piping Operating above Ambient Air Temperature: Clamp may project through insulation. Piping Operating below Ambient Air Temperature: Use thermal-hanger shield insert with clamp sized to match OD of insert. Do not exceed pipe stress limits according to ASME B31.9.

NPS 1/4 to NPS 3-1/2: 12 inches long and 0.048 inch thick. NPS 4: 12 inches long and 0.06 inch thick. NPS 5 and NPS 6: 18 inches long and 0.06 inch thick. NPS 8 to NPS 14: 24 inches long and 0.075 inch thick. NPS 16 to NPS 24: 24 inches long and 0.105 inch thick.

Pipes NPS 8 and Larger: Include wood inserts. Insert Material: Length at least as long as protective shield. Thermal-Hanger Shields: Install with insulation same thickness as piping insulation.

EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS A.

Fabricate structural-steel stands to suspend equipment from structure above or to support equipment above floor.

B.

Grouting: Place grout under supports for equipment and make smooth bearing surface.

HANGERS AND SUPPORTS

15060-7

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

3.4

2013-13

12/2013

METAL FABRICATION A.

Cut, drill, and fit miscellaneous metal fabrications for heavy-duty steel trapezes and equipment supports.

B.

Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints. Field-weld connections that cannot be shop-welded because of shipping size limitations.

C.

Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1 procedures for shielded metal arc welding, appearance and quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding work, and with the following: 1. 2. 3. 4.

3.5

Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. Remove welding flux immediately. Finish welds at exposed connections so no roughness shows after finishing and contours of welded surfaces match adjacent contours.

ADJUSTING A.

3.6

Hanger Adjustment: Adjust hangers to distribute loads equally on attachments and to achieve indicated slope of pipe. PAINTING

A.

Touching Up: Clean and touchup painting of field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint on miscellaneous metal.

B.

Galvanized Surfaces: Clean welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and apply galvanizing-repair paint to comply with ASTM A 780.

END OF SECTION

HANGERS AND SUPPORTS

15060-8

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

2013-13

12/2013

SECTION 15075 – MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

RELATED DOCUMENTS A.

1.2

Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY

A.

This Section includes the following mechanical identification materials and their installation: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

B.

1.3

Equipment nameplates. Equipment markers. Equipment signs. Access panel and door markers. Pipe markers. Duct markers. Stencils. Valve tags. Valve schedules. Warning tags.

Not all pipe/ductwork types or equipment types may be used on this project. Use the applicable colors and identification tags for equipment provided. SUBMITTALS

A.

Product Data: For each type of product indicated.

B.

Samples: For color, letter style, and graphic representation required for each identification material and device. Provide a color board with piping name, color sample and stencil/identifier label to be used on pipe. This board, after approval, shall be mounted in the maintenance office for future reference.

C.

Valve numbering scheme.

D.

Valve Schedules: For each piping system. Furnish extra copies (in addition to mounted copies) to include in maintenance manuals.

1.4

COORDINATION A.

Coordinate installation of identifying devices with completion of covering and painting of surfaces where devices are to be applied.

MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION

15075-1

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

2013-13

12/2013

B.

Coordinate installation of identifying devices with location of access panels and doors.

C.

Install identifying devices and paint before installing acoustical ceilings and similar concealment.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

MASTER COLOR CHART A.

Domestic Cold Water

Blue

B.

Domestic Hot Water

Magenta

C.

Domestic Hot Water Return

Magenta

D.

Sanitary Sewer

Brown

E.

Condensate

Purple

F.

Natural Gas

Gray

G.

Fire Sprinkler

Red

H.

Supply Ductwork

White

I.

Return Ductwork

Tan

J.

Exhaust Ductwork

Light Gray

2.2

EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION DEVICES A.

Equipment Nameplates: Metal, with data engraved or stamped, for permanent attachment on equipment. 1.

Data: a. b. c.

2. 3. B.

Manufacturer, product name, model number, and serial number. Capacity, operating and power characteristics, and essential data. Labels of tested compliances.

Location: Accessible and visible. Fasteners: As required to mount on equipment.

Equipment Markers: Engraved, color-coded laminated plastic. Include contact-type, permanent adhesive. 1. 2.

Terminology: Match schedules as closely as possible. Data:

MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION

15075-2

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

a. b. c. d. 3. C.

3. 4.

Name and plan number. Equipment service. Design capacity. Other design parameters such as pressure drop, entering and leaving conditions, and speed.

Size: 2-1/2 by 4 inches for control devices, dampers, and valves; 4-1/2 by 6 inches for equipment.

Data: Instructions for operation of equipment and for safety procedures. Engraving: Manufacturer's standard letter style, of sizes and with terms to match equipment identification. Thickness: 1/16 inch for units up to 20 sq. in. or 8 inches in length, and 1/8 inch for larger units. Fasteners: Self-tapping, stainless-steel screws or contact-type, permanent adhesive.

Access Panel and Door Markers: 1/16-inch-thick, engraved laminated plastic, with abbreviated terms and numbers corresponding to identification (i.e. FD = fire damper, MAINT = maintenance access). Provide 1/8-inch center hole for attachment. 1.

2.3

12/2013

Equipment Signs: ASTM D 709, Type I, cellulose, paper-base, phenolic-resin-laminate engraving stock; Grade ES-2, black surface, black phenolic core, with white melamine subcore, unless otherwise indicated. Fabricate in sizes required for message. Provide holes for mechanical fastening. 1. 2.

D.

2013-13

Fasteners: Self-tapping, stainless-steel screws or contact-type, permanent adhesive.

PIPING IDENTIFICATION DEVICES A.

Manufactured Pipe Markers, General: Preprinted, color-coded, with lettering indicating service, and showing direction of flow. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Colors: Background color shall be white with black letters Lettering: Use piping system terms indicated and abbreviate only as necessary for each application length. Pipes with OD, Including Insulation, Less Than 6 Inches: Full-band pipe markers extending 360 degrees around pipe at each location. Pipes with OD, Including Insulation, 6 Inches and Larger: Either full-band or strip-type pipe markers at least three times letter height and of length required for label. Arrows: Integral with piping system service lettering to accommodate both directions; or as separate unit on each pipe marker to indicate direction of flow.

B.

Pretensioned Pipe Markers: Precoiled semirigid plastic formed to cover full circumference of pipe and to attach to pipe without adhesive.

C.

Shaped Pipe Markers: Preformed semirigid plastic formed to partially cover circumference of pipe and to attach to pipe with mechanical fasteners that do not penetrate insulation vapor barrier.

MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION

15075-3

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

2013-13

12/2013

D.

Self-Adhesive Pipe Markers: Plastic with pressure-sensitive, permanent-type, self-adhesive back.

E.

Plastic Tape: Continuously printed, vinyl tape at least 3 mils thick with pressure-sensitive, permanent-type, self-adhesive back. 1. 2.

2.4

Width for Markers on Pipes with OD, Including Insulation, Less Than 6 Inches: 3/4 inch minimum. Width for Markers on Pipes with OD, Including Insulation, 6 Inches or Larger: 1-1/2 inches minimum.

DUCT IDENTIFICATION A.

Where ductwork is exposed in mechanical spaces the duct shall be painted according to the master color chart.

B.

Where ductwork is exposed in public spaces the contractor shall coordinate with the Architect to determine color selection for ductwork paint.

2.5

VALVE TAGS A.

Valve Tags: Stamped or engraved with 1/4-inch letters for piping system abbreviation and 1/2inch numbers, with numbering scheme approved by Architect. Provide 5/32-inch hole for fastener. 1. 2.

2.6

Material: 0.032-inch-thick brass. Valve-Tag Fasteners: Brass wire-link or beaded chain; or S-hook.

VALVE SCHEDULES A.

Valve Schedules: For each piping system, on standard-size bond paper. Tabulate valve number, piping system, system abbreviation (as shown on valve tag), location of valve (room or space), normal-operating position (open, closed, or modulating), and variations for identification. Mark valves for emergency shutoff and similar special uses. 1. 2. 3.

2.7

Valve-Schedule Frames: Glazed display frame for removable mounting on masonry walls for each page of valve schedule. Include mounting screws. Frame: Extruded aluminum. Glazing: ASTM C 1036, Type I, Class 1, Glazing Quality B, 2.5-mm, single-thickness glass.

WARNING TAGS A.

Warning Tags: Preprinted or partially preprinted, accident-prevention tags; of plasticized card stock with matte finish suitable for writing. 1. 2.

Size: Approximately 4 by 7 inches. Fasteners: Brass grommet and wire.

MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION

15075-4

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

3. 4.

2013-13

12/2013

Nomenclature: Large-size primary caption such as DANGER, CAUTION, or DO NOT OPERATE. Color: Yellow background with black lettering.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

APPLICATIONS, GENERAL A.

3.2

Products specified are for applications referenced in other Division 15 Sections. If more than single-type material, device, or label is specified for listed applications, selection is Installer's option. EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION

A.

Install and permanently fasten equipment nameplates on each item of mechanical equipment. Locate nameplates where accessible and visible. Include nameplates for the following general categories of equipment: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

B.

Fuel-burning units, including boilers, furnaces, unit heaters, etc. Pumps, compressors, chillers, condensers, booster pumps, fire pumps and similar motordriven units. Heat exchangers, coils, evaporators, condensing units/condensers, cooling towers, heat recovery units, and similar equipment. Fans, blowers, primary balancing dampers, and terminal units (VAV boxes). HVAC central-station and zone-type units.

Install equipment markers with permanent adhesive on or near each major item of mechanical equipment. Data required for markers may be included on signs, and markers may be omitted if both are indicated. 1.

2.

3.

Letter Size: Minimum 1/4 inch for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches, 1/2 inch for viewing distances up to 72 inches, and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two-thirds to three-fourths the size of principal lettering. Data: Distinguish among multiple units, indicate operational requirements, indicate safety and emergency precautions, warn of hazards and improper operations, and identify units. Locate markers where accessible and visible. Include markers for the following general categories of equipment: a. b. c. d. e.

Main control and operating valves, including safety devices and hazardous units such as gas outlets. Fire department hose valves and hose stations. Fuel-burning units, including boilers, furnaces, water heaters, ect. Pumps, compressors, chillers, condensers, booster pump, fire pump and similar motor-driven units. Heat exchangers, coils, evaporators, cooling towers, heat recovery units, and similar equipment.

MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION

15075-5

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

f. g. h. i. C.

Fans, blowers, primary balancing dampers, and terminal units (VAV boxes). HVAC central-station and zone-type units. Tanks and pressure vessels. Strainers, filters, humidifiers, water-treatment systems, and similar equipment.

1.

Identify mechanical equipment with equipment markers in the following color codes: a. All identifiers shall be white face with black letters.

2.

Letter Size: Minimum 1/4 inch for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches, 1/2 inch for viewing distances up to 72 inches, and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two-thirds to three-fourths the size of principal lettering. Data: Distinguish among multiple units, indicate operational requirements, indicate safety and emergency precautions, warn of hazards and improper operations, and identify units. Include signs for the following general categories of equipment:

4.

a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h.

3.3

12/2013

Install equipment signs with screws or permanent adhesive on or near each major item of mechanical equipment. Locate signs where accessible and visible.

3.

D.

2013-13

Main control and operating valves, including safety devices and hazardous units such as gas outlets. Fuel-burning units, including boilers, furnaces, water heaters, etc. Pumps, compressors, chillers, condensers, booster pump, fire pump and similar motor-driven units. Heat exchangers, coils, evaporators, cooling towers, heat recovery units, and similar equipment. Fans, blowers, primary balancing dampers, and terminal units (VAV boxes). HVAC central-station and zone-type units. Tanks and pressure vessels. Strainers, filters, humidifiers, water-treatment systems, and similar equipment.

Install access panel markers with screws on equipment access panels. PIPING IDENTIFICATION

A.

Paint all exposed piping according to the master color chart. In addition to exposed piping all domestic cold, hot and hot water return piping shall be painted throughout the building regardless of location (do not paint piping inside of walls).

B.

Install manufactured pipe markers indicating service on each piping system. Install with flow indication arrows showing direction of flow. 1.

2.

Pipes with OD, Including Insulation, Less Than 6 Inches: Self-adhesive pipe markers. Use color-coded, self-adhesive plastic tape, 1-1/2 inches wide, lapped at least 1-1/2 inches at both ends of pipe marker, and covering full circumference of pipe. Pipes with OD, Including Insulation, 6 Inches and Larger: Self-adhesive pipe markers. Use color-coded, self-adhesive plastic tape, at least 1-1/2 inches wide, lapped at least 3 inches at both ends of pipe marker, and covering full circumference of pipe.

MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION

15075-6

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

C.

12/2013

Locate pipe markers where piping is exposed in finished spaces; machine rooms; accessible maintenance spaces such as shafts, tunnels, access doors, above layin ceilings and plenums; and exterior nonconcealed locations as follows: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

3.4

2013-13

Near each valve and control device. Near each branch connection, excluding short takeoffs for fixtures and terminal units. Where flow pattern is not obvious, mark each pipe at branch. Near penetrations through walls, floors, ceilings, and nonaccessible enclosures. At access doors, manholes, and similar access points that permit view of concealed piping. Near major equipment items and other points of origination and termination. Spaced at maximum intervals of 50 feet along each run. Reduce intervals to 25 feet in areas of congested piping and equipment. On piping above removable acoustical ceilings.

DUCT IDENTIFICATION A.

3.5

Paint exposed ductwork according to the master color chart. VALVE-TAG INSTALLATION

A.

3.6

Install tags on valves and control devices in piping systems, except check valves; valves within factory-fabricated equipment units; plumbing fixture supply stops; faucets; convenience and lawn-watering hose connections; and HVAC terminal devices and similar roughing-in connections of end-use fixtures and units. List tagged valves in a valve schedule. VALVE-SCHEDULE INSTALLATION

A. 3.7

Mount valve schedule on wall in accessible location in each major equipment room. WARNING-TAG INSTALLATION

A.

3.8

Write required message on, and attach warning tags to, equipment and other items where required. ADJUSTING

A.

3.9

Relocate mechanical identification materials and devices that have become visually blocked by other work. CLEANING

A.

Clean faces of mechanical identification devices and glass frames of valve schedules.

END OF SECTION

MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION

15075-7

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

2013-13

12/2013

SECTION 15081 – DUCT INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

RELATED DOCUMENTS A.

1.2

Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY

A.

This Section includes semi-rigid, flexible duct, and plenum insulation; field-applied jackets; accessories and attachments; and sealing compounds.

B.

All ductwork insulation installations shall comply with the 2012 International Energy Conservation Code (including all local amendments), and other applicable codes and ordinances.

1.3

SUBMITTALS A.

Product Data: Identify thermal conductivity, thickness, and jackets (both factory and field applied, if any), for each type of product indicated. Indicate code compliances.

B.

Shop Drawings Show fabrication and installation details for the following: 1. 2. 3.

C.

Samples (where requested by Engineer): For each type of insulation and field-applied jacket. Identify each Sample, describing product and intended use. Submit 12-inch-square sections of each sample material. 1.

1.4

Removable insulation sections at access panels. Application of field-applied jackets. Applications at linkages for control devices.

Manufacturer's Color Charts: Show the full range of colors available for each type of field-applied finish material indicated.

D.

Material Test Reports: From a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction indicating, interpreting, and certifying test results for compliance of insulation materials, sealers, attachments, cements, and jackets with requirements indicated. Include dates of tests.

E.

Installer Certificates: requirements.

Signed by the Contractor certifying that installers comply with

QUALITY ASSURANCE

DUCT INSULATION

15081-1

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

2013-13

12/2013

A.

Installer Qualifications: Skilled mechanics who have successfully completed an apprenticeship program or another craft training program certified by the U.S. Department of Labor, Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training.

B.

Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: As determined by testing materials identical to those specified in this Section according to ASTM E 84, by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Factory label insulation and jacket materials and sealer and cement material containers with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency. 1. 2.

1.5

Insulation Installed Indoors: Flame-spread rating of 25 or less, and smoke-developed rating of 50 or less. Insulation Installed Outdoors: Flame-spread rating of 75 or less, and smoke-developed rating of 150 or less.

DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A.

1.6

Packaging: Ship insulation materials in containers marked by manufacturer with appropriate ASTM specification designation, type and grade, and maximum use temperature. COORDINATION

A. 1.7

Coordinate clearance requirements with duct Installer for insulation application. SCHEDULING

A.

Schedule insulation application after testing duct systems. Insulation application may begin on segments of ducts that have satisfactory test results.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

MANUFACTURERS A.

Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1.

Mineral-Fiber Insulation: a. b.

2.2

Johns-Manville. Approved equal

INSULATION MATERIALS A.

Fibrous Glass Flexible Liner Thermal Insulation: Glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply with ASTM C 1071, Type I, ASTM G-21 and G-22 with factory applied edge finish and air velocity rating of 5000 fpm. At 1” thickness the liner shall have an installed R

DUCT INSULATION

15081-2

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

2013-13

12/2013

value of 4.0, at 1-1/2” the R value shall be 6.0, at 2” the R value shall be 8.0. Insulation shall have a noise reduction coefficient of .70 minimum when tested in accordance with ASTM C423. Material shall be Johns-Manville, Permacote Linacoustic Standard or equal. B.

Fibrous Glass Blanket Thermal Insulation: Glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply with ASTM C 553-92, Type II, without facing and with all-service jacket manufactured from kraft paper, reinforcing scrim, aluminum foil, and vinyl film. At 1-1/2” thickness the liner shall have an installed R value of 4.5, at 2” the R value shall be 6.0. Material shall be JohnsManville, Microlite, Type 100 or approved equal.

C.

Fibrous Glass Rigid Plenum Thermal Insulation: Glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply with ASTM C 1071, Type II, ASTM G-21 and G-22 with factory applied edge finish and air velocity rating of 5000 fpm. At 1-1/2” thickness the liner shall have an installed R value of 6.0, at 2” the R value shall be 8.4. Material shall be Johns-Manville, Permacote Linacoustic R-300 or equal.

2.3

FIELD-APPLIED JACKETS A.

General: ASTM C 921, Type 1, unless otherwise indicated.

B.

Aluminum Jacket: Deep corrugated sheets manufactured from aluminum alloy complying with ASTM B 209, and having an integrally bonded moisture barrier over entire surface in contact with insulation. Metal thickness and corrugation dimensions are scheduled at the end of this Section. 1. 2.

2.4

Finish: Smooth finish. Moisture Barrier: 1-mil- thick, heat-bonded polyethylene and kraft paper.

ACCESSORIES AND ATTACHMENTS A.

Glass Cloth and Tape: Comply with MIL-C-20079H, Type I for cloth and Type II for tape. Woven glass-fiber fabrics, plain weave, presized a minimum of 8 oz./sq. yd.. 1.

B.

Tape Width: 4 inches.

Bands: 3/4 inch wide, in one of the following materials compatible with jacket: 1.

Stainless Steel: ASTM A 666, Type 304; 0.020 inch thick.

C.

Wire: 0.080-inch, nickel-copper alloy; 0.062-inch, soft-annealed, stainless steel; or 0.062-inch, soft-annealed, galvanized steel.

D.

Weld-Attached Anchor Pins and Washers: Copper-coated steel pin for capacitor-discharge welding and galvanized speed washer. Pin length sufficient for insulation thickness indicated. 1.

Welded Pin Holding Capacity: 100 lb for direct pull perpendicular to the attached surface.

DUCT INSULATION

15081-3

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

E.

12/2013

Adhesive-Attached Anchor Pins and Speed Washers: Galvanized steel plate, pin, and washer manufactured for attachment to duct and plenum with adhesive. Pin length sufficient for insulation thickness indicated. 1.

2.5

2013-13

Adhesive: Recommended by the anchor pin manufacturer as appropriate for surface temperatures of ducts, plenums, and breechings; and to achieve a holding capacity of 100 lb for direct pull perpendicular to the adhered surface.

VAPOR RETARDERS A.

Mastics: Materials recommended by insulation material manufacturer that are compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

EXAMINATION A.

Examine substrates and conditions for compliance with requirements for installation and other conditions affecting performance of insulation application.

B.

Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.2

PREPARATION A.

3.3

Surface Preparation: Clean and dry surfaces to receive insulation. Remove materials that will adversely affect insulation application. GENERAL APPLICATION REQUIREMENTS

A.

Apply insulation materials, accessories, and finishes according to the manufacturer's written instructions; with smooth, straight, and even surfaces; and free of voids throughout the length of ducts and fittings.

B.

Refer to schedules at the end of this Section for materials, forms, jackets, and thicknesses required for each duct system.

C.

Use accessories compatible with insulation materials and suitable for the service. Use accessories that do not corrode, soften, or otherwise attack insulation or jacket in either wet or dry state.

D.

Apply multiple layers of insulation with longitudinal and end seams staggered.

E.

Seal joints and seams with vapor-retarder mastic on insulation indicated to receive a vapor retarder.

F.

Keep insulation materials dry during application and finishing.

DUCT INSULATION

15081-4

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

2013-13

12/2013

G.

Apply insulation with tight longitudinal seams and end joints. Bond seams and joints with adhesive recommended by the insulation material manufacturer.

H.

Apply insulation with the least number of joints practical.

I.

Apply insulation over fittings and specialties, with continuous thermal and vapor-retarder integrity, unless otherwise indicated.

J.

Hangers and Anchors: Where vapor retarder is indicated, seal penetrations in insulation at hangers, supports, anchors, and other projections with vapor-retarder mastic. Apply insulation continuously through hangers and around anchor attachments.

K.

Insulation Terminations: For insulation application where vapor retarders are indicated, seal ends with a compound recommended by the insulation material manufacturer to maintain vapor retarder.

L.

Apply insulation with integral jackets as follows: 1. 2. 3.

Pull jacket tight and smooth. Joints and Seams: Cover with tape and vapor retarder as recommended by insulation material manufacturer to maintain vapor seal. Vapor-Retarder Mastics: Where vapor retarders are indicated, apply mastic on seams and joints and at ends adjacent to duct flanges and fittings.

M.

Cut insulation according to manufacturer's written instructions to prevent compressing insulation to less than 75 percent of its nominal thickness.

N.

Install vapor-retarder mastic on ducts and plenums scheduled to receive vapor retarders. 1.

2. O.

Ducts with Vapor Retarders: Overlap insulation facing at seams and seal with vaporretarder mastic. Repair punctures, tears, and penetrations with mastic to maintain vaporretarder seal. Ducts without Vapor Retarders: Overlap insulation facing at seams and secure with outward clinching staples and pressure-sensitive tape having same facing as insulation.

Roof Penetrations: Apply insulation for interior applications to a point even with top of roof flashing. 1. 2. 3.

Seal penetrations with vapor-retarder mastic. Apply insulation for exterior applications tightly joined to interior insulation ends. Seal insulation to roof flashing with vapor-retarder mastic.

P.

Interior Wall and Partition Penetrations: Apply insulation continuously through walls and partitions, except fire-rated walls and partitions.

Q.

Fire-Rated Wall and Partition Penetrations: Terminate insulation at fire/smoke damper sleeves for fire-rated wall and partition penetrations.

R.

Floor Penetrations: Terminate insulation at underside of floor assembly and at floor support at top of floor.

DUCT INSULATION

15081-5

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

1.

3.4

2013-13

12/2013

For insulation indicated to have vapor retarders, taper termination and seal insulation ends with vapor-retarder mastic.

FIBROUS GLASS INSULATION APPLICATION A.

Blanket Applications for Ducts and Plenums: Secure blanket insulation with adhesive and anchor pins and speed washers. 1. 2. 3.

Apply adhesives according to manufacturer's recommended coverage rates per square foot, for 100 percent coverage of duct and plenum surfaces. Apply adhesive to entire circumference of ducts and to all surfaces of fittings and transitions. Install anchor pins and speed washers on sides and bottom of horizontal ducts and sides of vertical ducts as follows: a. b.

c. d. 4. 5. 6.

7. 8.

9.

10. B.

On duct sides with dimensions 18 inches and smaller, along longitudinal centerline of duct. Space 3 inches maximum from insulation end joints, and 16 inches o.c. On duct sides with dimensions larger than 18 inches. Space 16 inches o.c. each way, and 3 inches maximum from insulation joints. Apply additional pins and clips to hold insulation tightly against surface at cross bracing. Anchor pins may be omitted from top surface of horizontal, rectangular ducts and plenums. Do not overcompress insulation during installation.

Impale insulation over anchors and attach speed washers. Cut excess portion of pins extending beyond speed washers or bend parallel with insulation surface. Cover exposed pins and washers with tape matching insulation facing. Create a facing lap for longitudinal seams and end joints with insulation by removing 2 inches from one edge and one end of insulation segment. Secure laps to adjacent insulation segment with 1/2-inch staples, 1 inch o.c., and cover with pressure-sensitive tape having same facing as insulation. Overlap unfaced blankets a minimum of 2 inches on longitudinal seams and end joints. Secure with steel band at end joints and spaced a maximum of 18 inches o.c. Apply insulation on rectangular duct elbows and transitions with a full insulation segment for each surface. Apply insulation on round and flat-oval duct elbows with individually mitered gores cut to fit the elbow. Insulate duct stiffeners, hangers, and flanges that protrude beyond the insulation surface with 6-inch- wide strips of the same material used to insulate duct. Secure on alternating sides of stiffener, hanger, and flange with anchor pins spaced 6 inches o.c. Apply vapor-retarder mastic to open joints, breaks, and punctures for insulation indicated to receive vapor retarder.

Flexible Liner and Rigid Applications for Ducts and Plenums: Secure flexible liner insulation with adhesive and anchor pins and speed washers. 1. 2. 3.

Apply adhesives according to manufacturer's recommended coverage rates per square foot, for 100 percent coverage of duct and plenum surfaces. Apply adhesive to entire circumference of ducts and to all surfaces of fittings and transitions. Space anchor pins as follows:

DUCT INSULATION

15081-6

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

a. b.

c. d. 4. 5.

6.

7.

8.

3.5

2013-13

12/2013

On duct sides with dimensions 18 inches and smaller, along longitudinal centerline of duct. Space 3 inches maximum from insulation end joints, and 16 inches o.c. On duct sides with dimensions larger than 18 inches. Space 16 inches o.c. each way, and 3 inches maximum from insulation joints. Apply additional pins and clips to hold insulation tightly against surface at cross bracing. Anchor pins may be omitted from top surface of horizontal, rectangular ducts and plenums. Do not overcompress insulation during installation.

Cut excess portion of pins extending beyond speed washers or bend parallel with insulation surface. Cover exposed pins and washers with tape matching insulation facing. Create a facing lap for longitudinal seams and end joints with insulation by removing 2 inches from one edge and one end of insulation segment. Secure laps to adjacent insulation segment with 1/2-inch staples, 1-inch o.c., and cover with pressure-sensitive tape having same facing as insulation. Apply insulation on rectangular duct elbows and transitions with a full insulation segment for each surface. Groove and score insulation to fit as closely as possible to outside and inside radius of elbows. Apply insulation on round and flat-oval duct elbows with individually mitered gores cut to fit the elbow. Insulate duct stiffeners, hangers, and flanges that protrude beyond the insulation surface with 6-inch- wide strips of the same material used to insulate duct. Secure on alternating sides of stiffener, hanger, and flange with anchor pins spaced 6 inches o.c. Apply vapor-retarder mastic to open joints, breaks, and punctures for insulation indicated to receive vapor retarder.

FIELD-APPLIED JACKET APPLICATION A.

Apply aluminum jacket, where duct insulation may be damaged (i.e. floor penetrations, etc.) or where the ductwork is exposed outdoors. 1. 2.

3.6

Apply jacket smooth and tight to surface with 2-inch overlap at seams and joints. Completely encapsulate insulation with jacket, leaving no exposed raw insulation.

FINISHES A.

3.7

Color: Paint exposed ductwork per master color chart described in another specification. INDOOR DUCT AND PLENUM APPLICATION SCHEDULE

A.

Service: Round, supply-air ducts, concealed. 1. 2. 3. 4.

B.

Material: Fibrous glass blanket Thickness: 2 inch. Number of Layers: One. Vapor Retarder Required: Yes.

Service: Round, supply-air ducts, concealed, in return plenum.

DUCT INSULATION

15081-7

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

1. 2. 3. 4. C.

Material: Fibrous glass flexible liner. Thickness: 1-1/2 inch. Number of Layers: One Vapor Retarder Required: No.

Material: Fibrous glass flexible liner. Thickness: 2 inch. Number of Layers: One Vapor Retarder Required: No.

Service: Rectangular, exhaust-air ducts, concealed. 1. 2. 3. 4.

I.

Material: Fibrous glass flexible liner. Thickness: 1-1/2 inch. Number of Layers: One. Vapor Retarder Required: No.

Service: Rectangular, supply-air ducts, concealed, in non-insulated attic. 1. 2. 3. 4.

H.

Material: Fibrous glass blanket. Thickness: 2 inch. Number of Layers: One. Vapor Retarder Required: Yes.

Service: Rectangular, supply-air ducts, concealed, in return plenum. 1. 2. 3. 4.

G.

Material: Fibrous glass blanket Thickness: 2 inch. Number of Layers: One. Vapor Retarder Required: Yes.

Service: Rectangular, supply-air ducts, concealed. 1. 2. 3. 4.

F.

Material: Fibrous glass blanket Thickness: 2 inch. Number of Layers: One. Vapor Retarder Required: Yes.

Service: Round, exhaust-air ducts, concealed. 1. 2. 3. 4.

E.

12/2013

Service: Round, supply-air ducts, concealed, in non-insulated attic. 1. 2. 3. 4.

D.

2013-13

Material: Fibrous glass flexible liner. Thickness: 1-1/2 inch. Number of Layers: One. Vapor Retarder Required: No.

Service: Rectangular, return-air ducts, concealed. 1. 2.

Material: Fibrous glass flexible liner. Thickness: 1-1/2 inch.

DUCT INSULATION

15081-8

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

3. 4.

2013-13

12/2013

Number of Layers: One. Vapor Retarder Required: No.

END OF SECTION

DUCT INSULATION

15081-9

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

2013-13

12/2013

SECTION 15083 - PIPE INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

RELATED DOCUMENTS A.

1.2

Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY

A.

1.3

This Section includes preformed, rigid and flexible pipe insulation; insulating cements; fieldapplied jackets; accessories and attachments; and sealing compounds. Paint per other Sections of these specifications. Not all listed systems may be utilized for this project. Use applicable systems, as required. SUBMITTALS

A.

Product Data: Identify thermal conductivity, thickness, and jackets (both factory and field applied, if any), for each type of product indicated.

B.

Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details for the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

C.

1.4

Application of protective shields, saddles, and inserts at pipe hangers for each type of insulation and hanger. Attachment and covering of heat trace inside insulation. Insulation application at pipe expansion joints for each type of insulation. Insulation application at elbows, fittings, flanges, valves, and specialties for each type of insulation. Removable insulation at piping specialties and equipment connections. Application of field-applied jackets.

Material Test Reports: From a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction indicating, interpreting, and certifying test results for compliance of insulation materials, sealers, attachments, cements, and jackets with requirements indicated. Include dates of tests. QUALITY ASSURANCE

A.

Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: As determined by testing materials identical to those specified in this Section according to ASTM E 84, by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Factory label insulation and jacket materials and sealer and cement material containers with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency. 1.

Insulation Installed Indoors: Flame-spread rating of 25 or less, and smoke-developed rating of 50 or less.

PIPE INSULATION

15083-1

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

2.

1.5

2013-13

12/2013

Insulation Installed Outdoors: Flame-spread rating of 75 or less, and smoke-developed rating of 150 or less.

DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A.

1.6

Packaging: Ship insulation materials in containers marked by manufacturer with appropriate ASTM specification designation, type and grade, and maximum use temperature. COORDINATION

A.

Coordinate size and location of supports, hangers, and insulation shields specified.

B.

Coordinate clearance requirements with piping Installer for insulation application.

C.

Coordinate installation and testing of steam or electric heat tracing.

1.7

SCHEDULING A.

Schedule insulation application after testing piping systems and, where required, after installing and testing heat-trace tape. Insulation application may begin on segments of piping that have satisfactory test results.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

MANUFACTURERS A.

Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1.

Molded Mineral-Fiber Insulation: a. b. c.

2.

Flexible Elastomeric Thermal Insulation: a. b.

2.2

Johns-Manville Insulation, Inc. Knauf FiberGlass GmbH. Owens-Corning Fiberglas Corp.

Armstrong World Industries, Inc. Rubatex Corp.

INSULATION MATERIALS A.

Molded Mineral-Fiber Insulation: Glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin complying with the following:

PIPE INSULATION

15083-2

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

1. 2.

b.

4. 5. 6. B.

2.3

Class 1, Grade A for bonding glass cloth and tape to unfaced glass-fiber insulation, for sealing edges of glass-fiber insulation, and for bonding lagging cloth to unfaced glass-fiber insulation. Class 2, Grade A for bonding glass-fiber insulation to metal surfaces.

Vapor-Retarder Mastics: Fire- and water-resistant, vapor-retarder mastic for indoor applications. Comply with MIL-C-19565C, Type II. Mineral-Fiber Insulating Cements: Comply with ASTM C 195. Expanded or Exfoliated Vermiculite Insulating Cements: Comply with ASTM C 196. Mineral-Fiber, Hydraulic-Setting Insulating and Finishing Cement: Comply with ASTM C 449/C 449M.

Flexible Elastomeric Thermal Insulation: Closed-cell, sponge- or expanded-rubber materials. Comply with ASTM C 534, Type I for tubular materials and Type II for sheet materials. 1. 2.

C.

12/2013

Preformed Pipe Insulation: Comply with ASTM C 547, Type 1, with factory-applied, allpurpose, vapor-retarder jacket. Fire-Resistant Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-3316C in the following classes and grades: a.

3.

2013-13

Adhesive: As recommended by insulation material manufacturer. Ultraviolet-Protective Coating: As recommended by insulation manufacturer.

Prefabricated Thermal Insulating Fitting Covers: Comply with ASTM C 450 for dimensions used in preforming insulation to cover valves, elbows, tees, and flanges. ACCESSORIES AND ATTACHMENTS

A.

Glass Cloth and Tape: Comply with MIL-C-20079H, Type I for cloth and Type II for tape. Woven glass-fiber fabrics, plain weave, presized a minimum of 8 oz./sq. yd.. 1.

B.

Bands: 3/4 inch wide, in one of the following materials compatible with jacket: 1.

C. 2.4

Tape Width: 4 inches.

Stainless Steel: ASTM A 666, Type 304; 0.020 inch thick.

Wire: 0.062-inch, soft-annealed, stainless steel. VAPOR RETARDERS

A.

Mastics: Materials recommended by insulation material manufacturer that are compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

EXAMINATION

PIPE INSULATION

15083-3

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

2013-13

12/2013

A.

Examine substrates and conditions for compliance with requirements for installation and other conditions affecting performance of insulation application.

B.

Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.2

PREPARATION A.

3.3

Surface Preparation: Clean and dry pipe and fitting surfaces. Remove materials that will adversely affect insulation application. GENERAL APPLICATION REQUIREMENTS

A.

Apply insulation materials, accessories, and finishes according to the manufacturer's written instructions; with smooth, straight, and even surfaces; free of voids throughout the length of piping, including fittings, valves, and specialties.

B.

Refer to schedules at the end of this Section for materials, forms, jackets, and thicknesses required for each piping system.

C.

Use accessories compatible with insulation materials and suitable for the service. Use accessories that do not corrode, soften, or otherwise attack insulation or jacket in either wet or dry state.

D.

Apply insulation with longitudinal seams at top and bottom of horizontal pipe runs.

E.

Apply multiple layers of insulation with longitudinal and end seams staggered.

F.

Do not weld brackets, clips, or other attachment devices to piping, fittings, and specialties.

G.

Seal joints and seams with vapor-retarder mastic on insulation indicated to receive a vapor retarder.

H.

Keep insulation materials dry during application and finishing.

I.

Apply insulation with tight longitudinal seams and end joints. Bond seams and joints with adhesive recommended by the insulation material manufacturer.

J.

Apply insulation with the least number of joints practical.

K.

Apply insulation over fittings, valves, and specialties, with continuous thermal and vaporretarder integrity, unless otherwise indicated. Refer to special instructions for applying insulation over fittings, valves, and specialties.

L.

Hangers and Anchors: Where vapor retarder is indicated, seal penetrations in insulation at hangers, supports, anchors, and other projections with vapor-retarder mastic. 1. 2.

Apply insulation continuously through hangers and around anchor attachments. For insulation application where vapor retarders are indicated, extend insulation on anchor legs at least 12 inches from point of attachment to pipe and taper insulation ends. Seal tapered ends with a compound recommended by the insulation material manufacturer to maintain vapor retarder.

PIPE INSULATION

15083-4

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

3.

4.

2013-13

12/2013

Install insert materials and apply insulation to tightly join the insert. Seal insulation to insulation inserts with adhesive or sealing compound recommended by the insulation material manufacturer. Cover inserts with jacket material matching adjacent pipe insulation. Install shields over jacket, arranged to protect the jacket from tear or puncture by the hanger, support, and shield.

M.

Insulation Terminations: For insulation application where vapor retarders are indicated, taper insulation ends. Seal tapered ends with a compound recommended by the insulation material manufacturer to maintain vapor retarder.

N.

Apply adhesives and mastics at the manufacturer's recommended coverage rate.

O.

Apply insulation with integral jackets as follows: 1. 2.

3.

Pull jacket tight and smooth. Circumferential Joints: Cover with 3-inch- wide strips, of same material as insulation jacket. Secure strips with adhesive and outward clinching staples along both edges of strip and spaced 4 inches o.c. Longitudinal Seams: Overlap jacket seams at least 1-1/2 inches. Apply insulation with longitudinal seams at bottom of pipe. Clean and dry surface to receive self-sealing lap. Staple laps with outward clinching staples along edge at 4 inches o.c. a.

4. 5. P.

Exception: Do not staple longitudinal laps on insulation having a vapor retarder.

Vapor-Retarder Mastics: Where vapor retarders are indicated, apply mastic on seams and joints and at ends adjacent to flanges, unions, valves, and fittings. At penetrations in jackets for thermometers and pressure gages, fill and seal voids with vapor-retarder mastic.

Roof Penetrations: Apply insulation for interior applications to a point even with top of roof flashing. 1. 2. 3. 4.

Seal penetrations with vapor-retarder mastic. Apply insulation for exterior applications tightly joined to interior insulation ends. Extend metal jacket of exterior insulation outside roof flashing at least 2 inches below top of roof flashing. Seal metal jacket to roof flashing with vapor-retarder mastic.

Q.

Interior Wall and Partition Penetrations: Apply insulation continuously through walls and floors.

R.

Fire-Rated Wall and Partition Penetrations: Apply insulation continuously through penetrations of fire-rated walls and partitions per UL requirements for the construction of the partition/wall.

3.4

MOLDED MINERAL-FIBER INSULATION APPLICATION A.

Apply insulation to straight pipes and tubes as follows:

PIPE INSULATION

15083-5

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

1. 2.

3. 4.

B.

3. 4.

2.

3.

Apply preformed pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange. Make width of insulation segment the same as overall width of the flange and bolts, plus twice the thickness of the pipe insulation. Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference of adjacent straight pipe segments with mineral-fiber blanket insulation. Apply canvas jacket material with manufacturer's recommended adhesive, overlapping seams at least 1 inch, and seal joints with vapor-retarder mastic.

Apply premolded insulation sections of the same material as straight segments of pipe insulation when available. Secure according to manufacturer's written instructions. When premolded insulation elbows and fittings are not available, apply mitered sections of pipe insulation, or glass-fiber blanket insulation, to a thickness equal to adjoining pipe insulation. Secure insulation materials with wire, tape, or bands. Cover fittings with standard PVC fitting covers.

Apply insulation to valves and specialties as follows: 1. 2.

3. 4.

5.

3.5

Secure each layer of preformed pipe insulation to pipe with wire, tape, or bands without deforming insulation materials. Where vapor retarders are indicated, seal longitudinal seams and end joints with vaporretarder mastic. Apply vapor retarder to ends of insulation at intervals of 15 to 20 feet to form a vapor retarder between pipe insulation segments. For insulation with factory-applied jackets, secure laps with outward clinched staples at 6 inches o.c. For insulation with factory-applied jackets with vapor retarders, do not staple longitudinal tabs but secure tabs with additional adhesive as recommended by the insulation material manufacturer and seal with vapor-retarder mastic.

Apply insulation to fittings and elbows as follows: 1.

D.

12/2013

Apply insulation to flanges as follows: 1. 2.

C.

2013-13

Apply premolded insulation sections of the same material as straight segments of pipe insulation when available. Secure according to manufacturer's written instructions. When premolded insulation sections are not available, apply glass-fiber blanket insulation to valve body. Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation without disturbing insulation. For check valves, arrange insulation for access to stainer basket without disturbing insulation. Apply insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application. Use preformed standard PVC fitting covers for valve sizes where available. Secure fitting covers with manufacturer's attachments and accessories. Seal seams with tape and vapor-retarder mastic. For larger sizes where PVC fitting covers are not available, seal insulation with canvas jacket and sealing compound recommended by the insulation material manufacturer.

FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC THERMAL INSULATION APPLICATION A.

Apply insulation to straight pipes and tubes as follows: 1.

Follow manufacturer's written instructions for applying insulation.

PIPE INSULATION

15083-6

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

2. B.

3.

4.

Apply pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange. Make width of insulation segment the same as overall width of the flange and bolts, plus twice the thickness of the pipe insulation. Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference of adjacent straight pipe segments with cut sections of sheet insulation of the same thickness as pipe insulation. Secure insulation to flanges and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive. Cement to avoid openings in insulation that will allow passage of air to the pipe surface.

Apply mitered sections of pipe insulation. Secure insulation materials and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive. Cement to avoid openings in insulation that will allow passage of air to the pipe surface.

Apply insulation to valves and specialties as follows: 1. 2.

3. 4.

3.6

Seal longitudinal seams and end joints with manufacturer's recommended adhesive. Cement to avoid openings in insulation that will allow passage of air to the pipe surface.

Apply insulation to fittings and elbows as follows: 1. 2.

D.

12/2013

Apply insulation to flanges as follows: 1. 2.

C.

2013-13

Apply preformed valve covers manufactured of the same material as pipe insulation and attached according to the manufacturer's written instructions. Apply cut segments of pipe and sheet insulation to valve body. Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation without disturbing insulation. For check valves, fabricate removable sections of insulation arranged to allow access to stainer basket. Apply insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application. Secure insulation to valves and specialties and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive. Cement to avoid openings in insulation that will allow passage of air to the pipe surface.

FIELD-APPLIED JACKET APPLICATION A.

Apply PVC jacket where indicated, with 1-inch overlap at longitudinal seams and end joints. Seal with manufacturer's recommended adhesive.

B.

Apply metal jacket where indicated, with 2-inch overlap at longitudinal seams and end joints. Overlap longitudinal seams arranged to shed water. Seal end joints with weatherproof sealant recommended by insulation manufacturer. Secure jacket with stainless-steel bands 12 inches o.c. and at end joints.

3.7

FINISHES A.

Flexible Elastomeric Thermal Insulation: After adhesive has fully cured, apply two coats of the insulation manufacturer's recommended protective coating.

B.

Color: Final color shall comply with the master color chart as specified in another section.

PIPE INSULATION

15083-7

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

3.8

2013-13

12/2013

PIPING SYSTEM APPLICATIONS A.

Insulation materials and thicknesses are specified in schedules at the end of this Section.

B.

Items Not Insulated: Unless otherwise indicated, do not apply insulation to the following systems, materials, and equipment: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

3.9

Flexible connectors. Vibration-control devices. Fire-suppression piping. Drainage piping located in crawl spaces, unless otherwise indicated. Below-grade piping, unless otherwise indicated. Chrome-plated pipes and fittings, unless potential for personnel injury. Air chambers, unions, strainers, check valves, plug valves, and flow regulators.

INSULATION APPLICATION SCHEDULE, GENERAL A.

Refer to insulation application schedules for required insulation materials, vapor retarders, and field-applied jackets.

B.

Application schedules identify piping system and indicate pipe size ranges and material, thickness, and jacket requirements.

3.10 A.

INTERIOR INSULATION APPLICATION SCHEDULE Service: Domestic cold water. 1. 2. 3.

Operating Temperature: 55 to 65 deg F. Insulation Material: Molded Mineral fiber, with jacket Insulation Thickness: Apply the following insulation thicknesses: a. b. c.

4. 5. 6. B.

Copper Pipe, Up to 2”: 1” Copper Pipe, 2” through 4”: 1-1/2” Copper Pipe, Over 4”: 2”

Field-Applied Jacket: PVC in mechanical rooms, cloth jacket elsewhere inside building, Aluminum for outdoor applications Vapor Retarder Required: Yes. Finish: Painted.

Service: Domestic hot and recirculated hot water. 1. 2. 3.

Operating Temperature: 60 to 140 deg F. Insulation Material: Molded Mineral fiber, with jacket Insulation Thickness: Apply the following insulation thicknesses: a. b. c.

PIPE INSULATION

Copper Pipe, Up to 1-1/2”: 1-1/2” Copper Pipe, 1-1/2” through 4”: 2” Copper Pipe, Over 4”: 2-1/2”

15083-8

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

4. 5. 6. C.

12/2013

Field-Applied Jacket: PVC in mechanical rooms, cloth jacket elsewhere inside building. Vapor Retarder Required: No. Finish: Painted.

Service: Condensate drain piping. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

D.

2013-13

Operating Temperature: 35 to 75 deg F. Insulation Material: Flexible elastomeric Insulation Thickness: ½” Field-Applied Jacket: None. Vapor Retarder Required: No. Finish: Painted.

Service: Refrigerant suction piping (and liquid refrigerant piping for heat pump applications, only where exposed to ambient): 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

Operating Temperature: 30 to 60 deg F. Insulation Material: Molded Flexible elastomeric Insulation Thickness: ¾” Field-Applied Jacket: None. Vapor Retarder Required: No. Finish: Painted.

END OF SECTION

PIPE INSULATION

15083-9

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

2013-13

12/2013

SECTION 15140 – DOMESTIC WATER PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

RELATED DOCUMENTS A.

1.2

Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY

A.

1.3

This Section includes domestic water piping from locations indicated to fixtures and equipment inside the building. PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A.

Provide components and installation capable of producing domestic water piping systems with the following minimum working-pressure ratings, unless otherwise indicated: 1. 2.

1.4

Domestic Water Service Piping: 160 psig. Domestic Water Distribution Piping: 125 psig.

SUBMITTALS A.

Product Data: For pipe, tube, fittings, and couplings.

B.

Water Samples: Specified in "Cleaning" Article in Part 3.

C.

Field Test Reports: requirements.

1.5

Indicate and interpret test results for compliance with performance

QUALITY ASSURANCE A.

Piping materials shall bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified testing agency.

B.

Comply with NSF 61, "Drinking Water System Components-Health Effects; Sections 1 through 9," for potable domestic water piping and components.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

PIPING MATERIALS

DOMESTIC WATER PIPING

15140-1

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

2013-13

12/2013

A.

Refer to Part 3 "Piping Applications" Article for applications of pipe, tube, fitting, and joining materials.

B.

Transition Couplings for Aboveground Pressure Piping: Coupling or other manufactured fitting the same size as, with pressure rating at least equal to and ends compatible with, piping to be joined.

C.

Transition Couplings for Underground Pressure Piping: AWWA C219, metal, sleeve-type coupling or other manufactured fitting the same size as, with pressure rating at least equal to and ends compatible with, piping to be joined.

2.2

COPPER TUBING A.

Soft Copper Tube: ASTM B 88, Types K and L, water tube, annealed temper. 1. 2. 3.

B.

Hard Copper Tube: ASTM B 88, Types L, water tube, drawn temper. 1. 2. 3.

2.3

Copper Pressure Fittings: ASME B16.18, cast-copper-alloy or ASME B16.22, wroughtcopper, solder-joint fittings. Furnish wrought-copper fittings if indicated. Bronze Flanges: ASME B16.24, Class 150, with solder-joint end. Furnish Class 300 flanges if required to match piping. Copper Unions: MSS SP-123, cast-copper-alloy, hexagonal-stock body, with ball-andsocket, metal-to-metal seating surfaces and solder-joint or threaded ends.

Copper Pressure Fittings: ASME B16.18, cast-copper-alloy or ASME B16.22, wroughtcopper, solder-joint fittings. Furnish wrought-copper fittings if indicated. Bronze Flanges: ASME B16.24, Class 150, with solder-joint end. Furnish Class 300 flanges if required to match piping. Copper Unions: MSS SP-123, cast-copper-alloy, hexagonal-stock body, with ball-andsocket, metal-to-metal seating surfaces and solder-joint or threaded ends.

PE ENCASEMENT A.

PE Encasement for Underground Metal Piping: ASTM A 674 or AWWA C105 PE film, 0.008inch minimum thickness, tube or sheet.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

PIPING APPLICATIONS A.

Transition and special fittings with pressure ratings at least equal to piping rating may be used in applications below, unless otherwise indicated.

B.

Flanges may be used on aboveground piping, unless otherwise indicated.

C.

Underground Domestic Water Service Piping: Use the following piping materials for each size range:

DOMESTIC WATER PIPING

15140-2

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

1. D.

2.

3.2

12/2013

NPS 2 and Smaller: Soft copper tube, Type K; copper pressure fittings; and soldered joints.

Aboveground Domestic Water Piping: Use the following piping materials for each size range: 1.

E.

2013-13

NPS 1-1/2 and Smaller: Hard copper tube, Type L; copper pressure fittings; and soldered joints. NPS 2: Hard copper tube, Type L; copper pressure fittings; and soldered joints.

Below Slab Domestic Water Piping NPS 4 and Smaller: Soft copper tube, Type L; copper pressure fittings; and soldered joints. VALVE APPLICATIONS

A.

Drawings indicate valve types to be used. Where specific valve types are not indicated, the following requirements apply: 1. 2. 3. 4.

3.3

Shutoff Duty: Use bronze ball valves for piping NPS 2 and smaller. Use cast-iron butterfly valves with flanged ends for piping NPS 2-1/2 and larger. Throttling Duty: Use bronze ball or globe valves for piping NPS 2 and smaller. Use cast-iron butterfly valves with flanged ends for piping NPS 2-1/2 and larger. Hot-Water-Piping, Balancing Duty: Calibrated balancing valves with memory-stop. Drain Duty: Hose-end drain valves with vacuum breaker.

PIPING INSTALLATION A.

Extend domestic water service piping to exterior water distribution piping in size and location indicated.

B.

Install underground copper tubing according to CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook."

C.

Install cast-iron sleeve with water stop and mechanical sleeve seal at each service pipe penetration through foundation wall. Select number of interlocking rubber links required to make installation watertight.

D.

Install shutoff valve, hose-end drain valve, strainer, pressure gage, and test tee with valve, inside building at each domestic water service.

E.

Install aboveground domestic water piping level with 0.25 percent slope downward toward drain and plumb.

F.

Fill water piping. Check components to determine that they are not air bound and that piping is full of water.

G.

Perform the following steps before operation: 1. 2. 3.

Close drain valves, hydrants, and hose bibbs. Open shutoff valves to fully open position. Open throttling valves to proper setting.

DOMESTIC WATER PIPING

15140-3

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

4. 5. 6. H.

3.4

2013-13

12/2013

Remove plugs used during testing of piping and plugs used for temporary sealing of piping during installation. Remove and clean strainer screens. Close drain valves and replace drain plugs. Remove filter cartridges from housings, and verify that cartridges are as specified for application where used and that cartridges are clean and ready for use.

Check plumbing equipment and verify proper settings, adjustments, and operation. Do not operate water heaters before filling with water. JOINT CONSTRUCTION

A.

3.5

Soldered Joints: Use ASTM B 813, water-flushable, lead-free flux; ASTM B 32, lead-freealloy solder; and ASTM B 828 procedure, unless otherwise indicated. VALVE INSTALLATION

A.

Install sectional valve close to water main on each branch and riser serving plumbing fixtures or equipment. Use ball valves for piping NPS 2 and smaller. Use butterfly valves for piping NPS 2-1/2 and larger.

B.

Install shutoff valve on each water supply to equipment and on each water supply to plumbing fixtures without supply stops. Use ball valves for piping NPS 2 and smaller. Use butterfly valves for piping NPS 2-1/2 and larger.

C.

Install drain valves for equipment, at base of each water riser, at low points in horizontal piping, and where required to drain water piping. 1. 2.

D.

3.6

Install hose-end drain valves at low points in water mains, risers, and branches. Install stop-and-waste drain valves where indicated.

Install balancing valve in each hot-water circulation return branch and discharge side of each pump and circulator. Set balancing valves partly open to restrict but not stop flow. Use ball valves for piping NPS 2 and smaller and butterfly valves for piping NPS 2-1/2 and larger. HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION

A.

Install the following: 1. 2.

Vertical Piping: MSS Type 8 or Type 42, clamps. Individual, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs: According to the following: a. b. c.

3. B.

100 Feet and Less: MSS Type 1, adjustable, steel clevis hangers. Longer Than 100 Feet: MSS Type 43, adjustable roller hangers. Longer Than 100 Feet, if Indicated: MSS Type 49, spring cushion rolls.

Multiple, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs 100 Feet or Longer: MSS Type 44, pipe rolls. Support pipe rolls on trapeze.

Rod diameter may be reduced 1 size for double-rod hangers, to a minimum of 3/8 inch.

DOMESTIC WATER PIPING

15140-4

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

C.

3.7

12/2013

Install hangers for copper tubing with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters: 1. 2. 3.

D.

2013-13

NPS 3/4 and Smaller: 60 inches with 3/8-inch rod. NPS 1 and NPS 1-1/4: 72 inches with 3/8-inch rod. NPS 1-1/2 and NPS 2: 96 inches with 3/8-inch rod.

Install supports for vertical copper tubing every 10 feet. CONNECTIONS

A.

Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties.

B.

Install piping adjacent to equipment and machines to allow service and maintenance.

C.

Connect domestic water piping to exterior water service piping. Use transition fitting to join dissimilar piping materials.

D.

Connect domestic water piping to service piping with shutoff valve, and extend and connect to the following: 1. Water Heaters: Cold-water supply and hot-water outlet piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than sizes of water heater connections. 2. Plumbing Fixtures: Cold- and hot-water supply piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than required by plumbing code. 3. Equipment: Cold- and hot-water supply piping as indicated, but not smaller than equipment connections. Provide shutoff valve and union for each connection. Use flanges instead of unions for NPS 2-1/2 and larger.

3.8

FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.

Inspect domestic water piping as follows: 1. 2.

Do not enclose, cover, or put piping into operation until it is inspected and approved by authorities having jurisdiction. During installation, notify authorities having jurisdiction at least 24 hours before inspection must be made. Perform tests specified below in presence of authorities having jurisdiction: a. b.

3. 4. B.

Roughing-in Inspection: Arrange for inspection of piping before concealing or closing-in after roughing-in and before setting fixtures. Final Inspection: Arrange for final inspection by authorities having jurisdiction to observe tests specified below and to ensure compliance with requirements.

Reinspection: If authorities having jurisdiction find that piping will not pass test or inspection, make required corrections and arrange for reinspection. Reports: Prepare inspection reports and have them signed by authorities having jurisdiction.

Test domestic water piping as follows:

DOMESTIC WATER PIPING

15140-5

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

1.

2.

3.

4. 5. 3.9

2013-13

12/2013

Test for leaks and defects in new piping and parts of existing piping that have been altered, extended, or repaired. If testing is performed in segments, submit separate report for each test, complete with diagram of portion of piping tested. Leave uncovered and unconcealed new, altered, extended, or replaced domestic water piping until it has been tested and approved. Expose work that was covered or concealed before it was tested. Cap and subject piping to static water pressure of 50 psig above operating pressure, without exceeding pressure rating of piping system materials. Isolate test source and allow to stand for four hours. Leaks and loss in test pressure constitute defects that must be repaired. Repair leaks and defects with new materials and retest piping or portion thereof until satisfactory results are obtained. Prepare reports for tests and required corrective action.

ADJUSTING A.

Adjust calibrated balancing valves in hot-water-circulation return piping to provide adequate flow. 1.

3.10 A.

Manually adjust calibrated balancing valves (circuit setter) in hot-water-circulation return piping to provide flow of hot water in each branch.

CLEANING Clean and disinfect potable domestic water piping as follows: 1. 2.

Purge new piping before using. Use purging and disinfecting procedures prescribed by authorities having jurisdiction or, if methods are not prescribed, procedures described in either AWWA C651 or AWWA C652 or as described below: a. b.

Flush piping system with clean, potable water until dirty water does not appear at any outlet. Fill and isolate system according to either of the following: 1) 2)

c. d.

Fill system or part thereof with water/chlorine solution with at least 50 ppm of chlorine. Isolate with valves and allow to stand for 24 hours. Fill system or part thereof with water/chlorine solution with at least 200 ppm of chlorine. Isolate and allow to stand for three hours.

Flush system with clean, potable water until no chlorine is in water coming from system after the standing time. Submit water samples in sterile bottles to authorities having jurisdiction. Repeat procedures if biological examination shows contamination.

B.

Prepare and submit reports of purging and disinfecting activities.

C.

Clean interior of domestic water piping system. Remove dirt and debris as work progresses.

DOMESTIC WATER PIPING

15140-6

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

2013-13

12/2013

END OF SECTION

DOMESTIC WATER PIPING

15140-7

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

2013-13

12/2013

SECTION 15150 - SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 A.

1.2 A.

1.3 A.

RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

SUMMARY This Section includes soil and waste, sanitary drainage and vent piping inside the building and to locations indicated.

PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS Provide components and installation capable of producing piping systems with the following minimum working-pressure ratings, unless otherwise indicated: 1.

1.4

Soil, Waste, and Vent Piping: 10-foot head of water.

SUBMITTALS

A.

Product Data: For pipe, tube, fittings, and couplings.

B.

Field Test Reports: requirements.

1.5 A.

Indicate and interpret test results for compliance with performance

QUALITY ASSURANCE Piping materials shall bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified testing agency.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1

PIPING MATERIALS

A.

Refer to Part 3 "Piping Applications" Article for applications of pipe, tube, fitting, and joining materials.

B.

Flexible Transition Couplings for Underground Nonpressure Piping: ASTM C 1173 with elastomeric sleeve. Include ends of same sizes as piping to be joined and include corrosionresistant metal band on each end.

SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING

15150-1

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

2.2 a.

Acceptable Manufacturers: AB&I Foundry. Charlotte Pipe and Foundry. Tyler Pipe; Soil Pipe Div.

Hub-and-Spigot Pipe and Fittings: ASTM A 74, Service class. 1.

C.

12/2013

CAST-IRON SOIL PIPING

1) 2) 3) B.

2013-13

Gaskets: ASTM C 564, rubber.

Hubless Pipe and Fittings: ASTM A 888 and CISPI 301 with collective trademark of the Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute. 1.

Couplings: a.

Joints for Hubless Cast Iron Pipe & Fittings Above Grade A.

Couplings for joining hubless cast iron soil pipe and fittings conforming to ASTM A-888, shall be 3 inches wide for minimal pipe sizes 1 ½ to 4 inches in diameter, 4 inches wide for nominal pipe sizes 5 to 10 inches in diameter. Shields shall have a minimum thickness of .015 inches, (28 gage) type 304 stainless steel. Worm drive clamps shall be type 304 stainless steel with a minimum clamp torque of 80 in/lbs. Sealing Gasket shall be neoprene conforming to ASTM C-564. Couplings shall conform to Factory Mutual Standard 1680, Class 1, ASTM-1540, or ASTM C-1277, as manufactured by Clamp-All Products Models HI-TORQ 125 and HI-TORQ 80; or Husky Technologies Model SD-4000. 1. Alternative to above cast iron split clamps secured by stainless steel bolts and nuts with neoprene gasket conforming to ASTM C-564; as manufactured by MG Coupling Company. 2. Factory Mutual Approved Couplings may be hung with one hanger per length of pipe for 10-foot lengths and at every third fitting where they are contiguous in conformance with manufacturers installation instructions.

b.

Joints for Hubless Cast Iron Pipe & Fittings Below Grade A.

Couplings for joining hubless cast iron soil pipe and fittings conforming to ASTM A-888, shall be 3 inches wide for nominal pipe sizes 1 ½ to 4 inches in diameter, 4 inches wide for nominal pipe sizes 5 to 10 inches in diameter, and 5 5/8 inches wide for couplings 12 and 15 inches in diameter. Sealing Gasket shall be neoprene conforming to ASTM C-564. Shields shall have a minimum thickness of .024 inches (24 gage) type 304 stainless steel. Worm drive clamps shall be type 304 stainless steel, with a minimum clamp torque of 125 in/lbs, as manufactured by Clamp-All Products, Model HI-TORQ 125. 1. Alternative to above, cast iron split clamps secured by stainless steel bolts and nuts with neoprene gasket conforming to ASTM C-564; as manufactured by MG Coupling Company.

SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING

15150-2

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

2.3 A.

Copper DWV Tube: ASTM B 306, drainage tube, drawn temper.

2. 3.

A.

2.5 A.

ASME B16.23, cast copper or ASME B16.29, wrought

Copper Pressure Fittings: ASME B16.18, cast-copper-alloy or ASME B16.22, wroughtcopper, solder-joint fittings. Furnish wrought-copper fittings if indicated. Bronze Flanges: ASME B16.24, Class 150, with solder-joint end. Copper Unions: MSS SP-123, cast-copper-alloy, hexagonal-stock body with ball-andsocket, metal-to-metal seating surfaces, and solder-joint or threaded ends.

PVC PIPING PVC Pipe: ASTM D 2665, solid-wall drain, waste, and vent. 1.

B.

Copper Drainage Fittings: copper, solder-joint fittings.

Hard Copper Tube: ASTM B 88, Types L and M, water tube, drawn temper. 1.

2.4

12/2013

COPPER TUBING

1. B.

2013-13

PVC Socket Fittings: ASTM D 2665, socket type, made to ASTM D 3311, drain, waste, and vent patterns.

PVC Special Fittings: ASTM F 409, drainage-pattern tube and tubular fittings with ends as required for application. PE ENCASEMENT PE Encasement for Underground Metal Piping: ASTM A 674 or AWWA C105, PE film, 0.008-inch minimum thickness, tube or sheet.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1

PIPING APPLICATIONS

A.

Transition and special fittings with pressure ratings at least equal to piping pressure ratings may be used in applications below, unless otherwise indicated.

B.

Flanges may be used on aboveground pressure piping, unless otherwise indicated.

C.

Aboveground, Soil, Waste, and Vent Piping: Use any of the following piping materials for each size range: 1.

NPS 1-1/4 and NPS 1-1/2: following: a.

Use NPS 1-1/2 hubless, cast-iron soil piping and the

Couplings: Heavy-duty, Type 301, stainless steel.

SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING

15150-3

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

NPS 1-1/4 and NPS 1-1/2: Copper DWV tube, copper drainage fittings, and soldered joints.

3.

NPS 2 to NPS 4: Service class, cast-iron soil piping; gaskets; and gasketed joints.

4.

NPS 2 to NPS 4: Hubless, cast-iron soil piping and the following:

5.

6.

Option for Vent Piping, NPS 2-1/2 and NPS 3-1/2: Hard copper tube, Type M; copper pressure fittings; and soldered joints.

NPS 2 to NPS 4: Schedule 40, PVC pipe; PVC socket fittings; and solvent-cemented joints. (non-plenum return applications only).

Underground, Soil, Waste, and Vent Piping: Use the following piping materials for each size range: 1. 2. 3. 4.

NPS 2 to NPS 4: Service class, cast-iron soil piping; gaskets; and gasketed joints. NPS 2 to NPS 4: Schedule 40, PVC pipe; PVC socket fittings; and solvent-cemented joints. NPS 5 and NPS 6: Service class, cast-iron soil piping; gaskets; and gasketed joints. NPS 5 and NPS 6: Schedule 40, PVC pipe; PVC socket fittings; and solvent-cemented joints.

Aboveground, Condensate Drainage Piping: Use the following piping materials for each size range: 1.

3.2

Couplings: Heavy-duty, Type 301, stainless steel.

NPS 2 to NPS 4: Copper DWV tube, copper drainage fittings, and soldered joints. a.

E.

12/2013

2.

a.

D.

2013-13

NPS 1-1/4 and NPS 1-1/2: Copper DWV tube, copper drainage fittings, and soldered joints.

PIPING INSTALLATION

A.

Install cleanouts at grade and extend to where building sanitary drains connect to building sanitary sewers.

B.

Install cast-iron sleeve with water stop and mechanical sleeve seal at each service pipe penetration through foundation wall. Select number of interlocking rubber links required to make installation watertight.

C.

Install cast-iron soil piping according to CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook," Chapter IV, "Installation of Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings." 1.

D.

Encase underground piping with PE film according to ASTM A 674 or AWWA C105.

Make changes in direction for soil and waste drainage and vent piping using appropriate branches, bends, and long-sweep bends. Sanitary tees and short-sweep 1/4 bends may be used on vertical stacks if change in direction of flow is from horizontal to vertical. Use long-turn, double Y-branch and 1/8-bend fittings if 2 fixtures are installed back to back or side by side

SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING

15150-4

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

2013-13

12/2013

with common drain pipe. Straight tees, elbows, and crosses may be used on vent lines. Do not change direction of flow more than 90 degrees. Use proper size of standard increasers and reducers if pipes of different sizes are connected. Reducing size of drainage piping in direction of flow is prohibited. E.

Lay buried building drainage piping beginning at low point of each system. Install true to grades and alignment indicated, with unbroken continuity of invert. Place hub ends of piping upstream. Install required gaskets according to manufacturer's written instructions for use of lubricants, cements, and other installation requirements. Maintain swab in piping and pull past each joint as completed.

F.

Install soil and waste drainage and vent piping at the following minimum slopes, unless otherwise indicated: 1. 2. 3.

Building Sanitary Drain: 2 percent downward in direction of flow for piping NPS 3 and smaller; 1 percent downward in direction of flow for piping NPS 4 and larger. Horizontal Sanitary Drainage Piping: 2 percent downward in direction of flow for piping NPS 3 and smaller; 1 percent downward in direction of flow for piping NPS 4 and larger.. Vent Piping: 1 percent down toward vertical fixture vent or toward vent stack.

G.

Sleeves are not required for cast-iron soil piping passing through concrete slabs-on-grade if slab is without membrane waterproofing.

H.

Do not enclose, cover, or put piping into operation until it is inspected and approved by authorities having jurisdiction.

3.3 A.

JOINT CONSTRUCTION Cast-Iron, Soil-Piping Joints: Make joints according to CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook," Chapter IV, "Installation of Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings." 1. 2.

3.4 A.

Gasketed Joints: Make with rubber gasket matching class of pipe and fittings. Hubless Joints: Make with rubber gasket and sleeve or clamp.

HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION Install the following: 1. 2.

Vertical Piping: MSS Type 8 or Type 42, clamps. Individual, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs: According to the following: a. b. c.

3. 4.

100 Feet and Less: MSS Type 1, adjustable, steel clevis hangers. Longer Than 100 Feet: MSS Type 43, adjustable roller hangers. Longer Than 100 Feet, if Indicated: MSS Type 49, spring cushion rolls.

Multiple, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs 100 Feet or Longer: MSS Type 44, pipe rolls. Support pipe rolls on trapeze. Base of Vertical Piping: MSS Type 52, spring hangers.

SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING

15150-5

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

2013-13

12/2013

B.

Support vertical piping and tubing at base and at each floor.

C.

Rod diameter may be reduced 1 size for double-rod hangers, with 3/8-inch minimum rods.

D.

Install hangers for cast-iron soil piping with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

NPS 1-1/2 and NPS 2: 60 inches with 3/8-inch rod. NPS 3: 60 inches with 1/2-inch rod. NPS 4 and NPS 5: 60 inches with 5/8-inch rod. NPS 6 (DN 150): 60 inches with 3/4-inch rod. Spacing for 10-foot lengths may be increased to 10 feet. Spacing for fittings is limited to 60 inches.

E.

Install supports for vertical cast-iron soil piping every 15 feet.

F.

Install hangers for copper tubing with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters: 1. 2. 3. 4.

NPS 1-1/4: 72 inches with 3/8-inch rod. NPS 1-1/2 and NPS 2: 96 inches with 3/8-inch rod. NPS 2-1/2: 108 inches with 1/2-inch rod. NPS 3 to NPS 4: 10 feet with 1/2-inch rod.

G.

Install supports for vertical copper tubing every 10 feet.

H.

Install hangers for PVC piping with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

I.

3.5

NPS 1-1/2 and NPS 2: 48 inches with 3/8-inch rod. NPS 3: 48 inches with 1/2-inch rod. NPS 4 and 5: 48 inches with 5/8-inch rod. NPS 6: 48 inches with 3/4-inch rod. NPS 8 to NPS 12: 48 inches with 7/8-inch rod.

Install supports for vertical PVC piping every 48 inches.

CONNECTIONS

A.

Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties.

B.

Connect soil and waste piping to exterior sanitary sewerage piping. Use transition fitting to join dissimilar piping materials.

C.

Connect drainage and vent piping to the following: 1. 2.

Plumbing Fixtures: Connect drainage piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than required by plumbing code. Plumbing Fixtures and Equipment: Connect atmospheric vent piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than required by authorities having jurisdiction.

SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING

15150-6

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

3. 4.

3.6 A.

2013-13

12/2013

Plumbing Specialties: Connect drainage and vent piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than required by plumbing code. Equipment: Connect drainage piping as indicated. Provide shutoff valve, if indicated, and union for each connection. Use flanges instead of unions for connections NPS 2-1/2 and larger.

FIELD QUALITY CONTROL During installation, notify authorities having jurisdiction at least 24 hours before inspection must be made. Perform tests specified below in presence of authorities having jurisdiction. 1. 2.

Roughing-in Inspection: Arrange for inspection of piping before concealing or closing-in after roughing-in and before setting fixtures. Final Inspection: Arrange for final inspection by authorities having jurisdiction to observe tests specified below and to ensure compliance with requirements.

B.

Reinspection: If authorities having jurisdiction find that piping will not pass test or inspection, make required corrections and arrange for reinspection.

C.

Reports: Prepare inspection reports and have them signed by authorities having jurisdiction.

D.

Test sanitary drainage and vent piping according to procedures of authorities having jurisdiction or, in absence of published procedures, as follows: 1.

2.

3.

4.

5. 6.

3.7 A.

Test for leaks and defects in new piping and parts of existing piping that have been altered, extended, or repaired. If testing is performed in segments, submit separate report for each test, complete with diagram of portion of piping tested. Leave uncovered and unconcealed new, altered, extended, or replaced drainage and vent piping until it has been tested and approved. Expose work that was covered or concealed before it was tested. Roughing-in Plumbing Test Procedure: Test drainage and vent piping, except outside leaders, on completion of roughing-in. Close openings in piping system and fill with water to point of overflow, but not less than 10-foot head of water. From 15 minutes before inspection starts to completion of inspection, water level must not drop. Inspect joints for leaks. Finished Plumbing Test Procedure: After plumbing fixtures have been set and traps filled with water, test connections and prove they are gastight and watertight. Plug ventstack openings on roof and building drains where they leave building. Introduce air into piping system equal to pressure of 1-inch wg. Use U-tube or manometer inserted in trap of water closet to measure this pressure. Air pressure must remain constant without introducing additional air throughout period of inspection. Inspect plumbing fixture connections for gas and water leaks. Repair leaks and defects with new materials and retest piping, or portion thereof, until satisfactory results are obtained. Prepare reports for tests and required corrective action.

CLEANING Clean interior of piping. Remove dirt and debris as work progresses.

SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING

15150-7

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

2013-13

12/2013

B.

Protect drains during remainder of construction period to avoid clogging with dirt and debris and to prevent damage from traffic and construction work.

C.

Place plugs in ends of uncompleted piping at end of day and when work stops. END OF SECTION

SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING

15150-8

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

2013-13

12/2013

SECTION 15194 – FUEL GAS PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

RELATED DOCUMENTS A.

1.2

Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY

A. 1.3

This Section includes fuel gas piping, specialties, and accessories within the building. PROJECT CONDITIONS

A.

1.4

Natural-Gas System Pressures: Three pressure ranges. Primary pressure is more than 2 psig but not more than 5 psig, and is reduced to secondary pressures of more than 1 psig but not more than 2 psig, and is reduced again to pressures of 0.5 psig or less. SUBMITTALS

A.

Product Data: For the following: 1. 2.

Specialty valves. Include pressure rating, capacity, settings, and electrical connection data of selected models. Pressure regulators. Include pressure rating, capacity, and settings of selected models.

B.

Field Test Reports: requirements.

C.

Maintenance Data: For natural gas specialties and accessories to include in maintenance manuals specified in Division 1.

1.5

Indicate and interpret test results for compliance with performance

QUALITY ASSURANCE A.

ANSI Standard: Comply with ANSI Z223.1, "National Fuel Gas Code."

B.

IAS Standard: Provide components listed in IAS's "Directory of A. G. A. and C. G. A Certified Appliances and Accessories" if specified to be IAS listed.

C.

UL Standard: Provide components listed in UL's "Gas and Oil Equipment Directory" if specified to be UL listed.

FUEL GAS PIPING

15194-1

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

D.

1.6

2013-13

12/2013

Piping, valves and accessories shall be installed per all applicable national and local codes. The contractor is responsible for a complete and operational system. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A.

Handling Flammable Liquids: Remove and legally dispose of liquids from drips in existing gas piping. Handle cautiously to avoid spillage and ignition. Notify fuel gas supplier. Handle flammable liquids used by Installer with proper precautions and do not leave on premises from end of one day to beginning of next day.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

MANUFACTURERS A.

Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1.

Appliance Connector Valves: a. b. c. d.

American Valve. E. M. Plastic and Electric Products, Ltd.; Neo Valve Div. Mueller Co.; Mueller Gas Products Div. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div.

2.

Gas Valves, NPS 2 and Smaller: a. Grinnell Corp. b. Mueller Co.; Mueller Gas Products Div. c. Nibco, Inc. d. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div.

3.

Plug Valves, NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: a. b. c. d.

4.

Service Pressure Regulators: a. b. c. d.

5.

Flow Control Equipment, Inc. Milliken Valve Co., Inc. Nordstrom Valves, Inc. Walworth Co.

American Meter Co. Equimeter, Inc. National Meter. Schlumberger Industries; Gas Div.

Line Pressure Regulators: a. b. c.

FUEL GAS PIPING

American Meter Co. Fisher Controls International, Inc. Maxitrol Co. 15194-2

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

d. 6.

12/2013

National Meter.

Appliance Pressure Regulators: a. b. c. d.

2.2

2013-13

Canadian Meter Co., Inc. Eaton Corp.; Controls Div. Maxitrol Co. SCP, Inc.

PIPING MATERIALS A.

2.3

Refer to Part 3 "Piping Applications" Article for applications of pipe, tube, fitting, and joining materials. PIPES, TUBES, FITTINGS, AND JOINING MATERIALS

A.

Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53; Type E or S; Grade B; Schedule 40; black. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.

Malleable-Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.3, Class 150, standard pattern, with threaded ends according to ASME B1.20.1. Unions: ASME B16.39, Class 150, malleable iron with brass-to-iron seat, ground joint, and threaded ends according to ASME B1.20.1. Cast-Iron Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ASME B16.1, Class 125. Steel Welding Fittings: ASME B16.9, wrought steel or ASME B16.11, forged steel. Steel Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.11, forged steel with threaded ends according to ASME B1.20.1. Joint Compound and Tape: Suitable for natural gas. Steel Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ASME B16.5. Gasket Material: Thickness, material, and type suitable for natural gas.

B.

Transition Fittings: Type, material, and end connections to match piping being joined.

C.

PE Pipe: ASTM D 2513, SDR 11. 1. 2.

3.

PE Fittings: ASTM D 2683, socket-fusion type or ASTM D 3261, butt-fusion type with dimensions matching PE pipe. PE Transition Fittings: Factory-fabricated fittings with PE pipe complying with ASTM D 2513, SDR 11; and steel pipe complying with ASTM A 53/A 53M, black steel, Schedule 40, Type E or S, Grade B. Anodeless Service-Line Risers: Factory fabricated and leak tested. a. b. c. d. e. f. g.

FUEL GAS PIPING

Underground Portion: PE pipe complying with ASTM D 2513, SDR 11 inlet. Casing: Steel pipe complying with ASTM A 53/A 53M, Schedule 40, black steel, Type E or S, Grade B, with corrosion-protective coating covering. Aboveground Portion: PE transition fitting. Outlet shall be threaded or flanged or suitable for welded connection. Tracer wire connection. Ultraviolet shield. Stake supports with factory finish to match steel pipe casing or carrier pipe.

15194-3

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

4.

b. c. d. e. f. g.

Underground Portion: PE pipe complying with ASTM D 2513, SDR 11 inlet connected to steel pipe complying with ASTM A 53/A 53M, Schedule 40, Type E or S, Grade B, with corrosion-protective coating for aboveground outlet. Outlet shall be threaded or flanged or suitable for welded connection. Bridging sleeve over mechanical coupling. Factory-connected anode. Tracer wire connection. Ultraviolet shield. Stake supports with factory finish to match steel pipe casing or carrier pipe.

Plastic Mechanical Couplings, NPS 1-1/2 and Smaller: Capable of joining PE pipe to PE pipe. a.

Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1) 2) 3)

b. c. d. e. 6.

Lyall, R. W. & Company, Inc. Mueller Co.; Gas Products Div. Perfection Corporation; a subsidiary of American Meter Company.

PE body with molded-in, stainless-steel support ring. Buna-nitrile seals. Acetal collets. Electro-zinc-plated steel stiffener.

Plastic Mechanical Couplings, NPS 2 and Larger: Capable of joining PE pipe to PE pipe, steel pipe to PE pipe, or steel pipe to steel pipe. a.

Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1) 2) 3)

b. c. d. e. f. 7.

12/2013

Transition Service-Line Risers: Factory fabricated and leak tested. a.

5.

2013-13

Lyall, R. W. & Company, Inc. Mueller Co.; Gas Products Div. Perfection Corporation; a subsidiary of American Meter Company.

Fiber-reinforced plastic body. PE body tube. Buna-nitrile seals. Acetal collets. Stainless-steel bolts, nuts, and washers.

Steel Mechanical Couplings: Capable of joining plain-end PE pipe to PE pipe, steel pipe to PE pipe, or steel pipe to steel pipe. a.

Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1) 2)

FUEL GAS PIPING

Dresser Piping Specialties; Division of Dresser, Inc. Smith-Blair, Inc.

15194-4

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

b. c. d. e.

2.4

2013-13

12/2013

Steel flanges and tube with epoxy finish. Buna-nitrile seals. Steel bolts, washers, and nuts. Factory-installed anode for steel-body couplings installed underground.

PROTECTIVE COATING A.

2.5

Furnish pipe and fittings with factory-applied, corrosion-resistant polyethylene coating for use in contact with materials that may corrode the pipe. PIPING SPECIALTIES

A.

Flexible Connectors: ANSI Z21.24, copper alloy.

B.

Quick-Disconnect Devices: ANSI Z21.41, convenience outlets and matching plug connector.

2.6

SPECIALTY VALVES A.

Valves, NPS 2 and Smaller: Threaded ends according to ASME B1.20.1 for pipe threads.

B.

Valves, NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: Flanged ends according to ASME B16.5 for steel flanges and according to ASME B16.24 for copper and copper-alloy flanges.

C.

Appliance Connector Valves: ANSI Z21.15 and IAS listed.

D.

Gas Stops: Bronze body with AGA stamp, plug type with bronze plug and flat or square head, ball type with chrome-plated brass ball and lever handle, or butterfly valve with stainless-steel disc and fluorocarbon elastomer seal and lever handle; 2-psig minimum pressure rating.

E.

Gas Valves, NPS 2 and Smaller: ASME B16.33 and IAS-listed bronze body and 125-psig pressure rating.

F.

Plug Valves, NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: ASME B16.38 and MSS SP-78 cast-iron, lubricated plug valves, with 125-psig pressure rating.

G.

General-Duty Valves, NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: ASME B16.38, cast-iron body, suitable for fuel gas service, with "WOG" indicated on valve body, and 125-psig pressure rating. 1. 2.

2.7

Gate Valves: MSS SP-70, OS&Y type with solid wedge. Butterfly Valves: MSS SP-67, lug type with lever handle.

PRESSURE REGULATORS A.

Description: Single stage and suitable for fuel gas service. Include steel jacket and corrosionresistant components, elevation compensator, and atmospheric vent.

FUEL GAS PIPING

15194-5

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. B.

2013-13

12/2013

NPS 2 and Smaller: Threaded ends according to ASME B1.20.1 for pipe threads. NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: Flanged ends according to ASME B16.5 for steel flanges and according to ASME B16.24 for copper and copper-alloy flanges. Service Pressure Regulators: ANSI Z21.80. Include 100-psig-minimum inlet pressure rating. Line Pressure Regulators: ANSI Z21.80 with 2-psig minimum inlet pressure rating. Appliance Pressure Regulators: ANSI Z21.18. Regulator may include vent limiting device, instead of vent connection, if approved by authorities having jurisdiction.

Pressure Regulator Vents: Factory- or field-installed, corrosion-resistant screen in opening if not connected to vent piping.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

PREPARATION A.

Close equipment shutoff valves before turning off fuel gas to premises or section of piping. Perform leakage test as specified in "Field Quality Control" Article to determine that all equipment is turned off in affected piping section.

B.

Comply with ANSI Z223.1, "Prevention of Accidental Ignition" Paragraph.

3.2

SERVICE ENTRANCE PIPING A.

Extend fuel gas piping and connect to fuel gas distribution for service entrance to building. 1.

B.

3.3

The contractor is responsible for coordination with the gas utility for provision of exterior gas distribution piping, service pressure regulator, and service meter. If these items must be purchased the contractor shall include these cost as part of the contract.

Install dielectric fitting downstream from and adjacent to each service meter unless meter is supported from service-meter bar with integral dielectric fitting. Install shutoff valve downstream from and adjacent to dielectric fitting. OUTDOOR PIPING SCHEDULE

A.

Underground natural-gas piping shall be one of the following: 1. 2.

B.

PE pipe and fittings joined by heat fusion, or mechanical couplings; service-line risers with tracer wire terminated in an accessible location. Steel pipe with wrought-steel fittings and welded joints, or mechanical couplings. Coat pipe and fittings with protective coating for steel piping.

Aboveground natural-gas piping shall be one of the following: 1. 2.

Steel pipe with malleable-iron fittings and threaded joints. Steel pipe with wrought-steel fittings and welded joints.

FUEL GAS PIPING

15194-6

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

3.4

12/2013

INDOOR PIPING SCHEDULE FOR SYSTEM PRESSURES LESS THAN 0.5 PSIG A.

Aboveground, branch piping NPS 1 and smaller shall be the following: 1. Steel pipe with malleable-iron fittings and threaded joints.

B.

Aboveground, distribution piping shall be one of the following: 1. 2.

3.5

Steel pipe with malleable-iron fittings and threaded joints. Steel pipe with wrought-steel fittings and welded joints.

INDOOR PIPING SCHEDULE FOR SYSTEM PRESSURES MORE THAN 0.5 PSIG AND LESS THAN 2 PSIG A.

Aboveground, branch piping NPS 1 and smaller shall be the following: 1. Steel pipe with malleable-iron fittings and threaded joints.

B.

Aboveground, distribution piping shall be one of the following: 1. Steel pipe with steel welding fittings and welded joints.

3.6

INDOOR PIPING SCHEDULE FOR SYSTEM PRESSURES MORE THAN 2 PSIG AND LESS THAN 5 PSIG A.

Aboveground, Branch Piping: Steel pipe with steel welding fittings and welded joints.

B.

Aboveground, distribution piping shall be the following: 1.

3.7

2013-13

Steel pipe with steel welding fittings and welded joints.

C.

Underground, below building, piping shall be one of the following: 1. Steel pipe with wrought-steel fittings and welded joints. 2.

D.

Containment Conduit: Steel pipe with wrought-steel fittings and welded joints. Coat pipe and fittings with protective coating for steel piping.

E.

Containment Conduit Vent Piping: Steel pipe with malleable-iron fittings and threaded or wrought-steel fittings with welded joints. Coat underground pipe and fittings with protective coating for steel piping.

F.

Underground Fuel Gas Piping: Steel pipe, steel welding fittings, and welded joints. Encase in containment conduit.

G.

Containment Conduits: Steel pipe, steel welding fittings, and welded joints.

H.

Gas Service Piping at Meters and Regulators, Above 5 psig: Steel pipe, steel welding fittings, and welded joints. VALVE APPLICATIONS

FUEL GAS PIPING

15194-7

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

2013-13

12/2013

A.

Appliance Shutoff Valves for Pressure 0.5 psig or Less: Appliance connector valve or gas stop.

B.

Appliance Shutoff Valves for Pressure 0.5 to 2 psig: Gas stop or gas valve.

C.

Appliance Shutoff Valves for Pressure 2 to 5 psig: Gas valve.

D.

Piping Line Valves, NPS 2 and Smaller: Gas valve.

E.

Piping Line Valves, NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: Plug valve or general-duty valve.

F.

Valves at Service Meter, NPS 2 and Smaller: Gas valve.

G.

Valves at Service Meter, NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: Plug valve.

3.8

PIPING INSTALLATION A.

Concealed Locations: Except as specified below, install concealed gas piping in airtight conduit constructed of Schedule 40, seamless, black steel pipe with welded joints. Vent conduit to outside and terminate with screened vent cap. 1.

2.

Above-Ceiling Locations: Gas piping may be installed in accessible spaces, subject to approval of authorities having jurisdiction, whether or not such spaces are used as plenums. Do not locate valves above ceilings. In Partitions: Do not install concealed piping in solid partitions. Protect tubing from physical damage when installed inside partitions or hollow walls. a.

3.

4.

In Walls: Gas piping with welded joints and protective wrapping specified in "Protective Coating" Article in Part 2 may be installed in masonry walls, subject to approval of authorities having jurisdiction. Prohibited Locations: Do not install gas piping in or through circulating air ducts, clothes or trash chutes, chimneys or gas vents (flues), ventilating ducts, or dumbwaiter or elevator shafts. a.

B.

Exception: Tubing passing through partitions or walls.

Exception: Accessible above-ceiling space specified above.

Drips and Sediment Traps: Install drips at points where condensate may collect. Include outlets of service meters. Locate where readily accessible for cleaning and emptying. Do not install where condensate would be subject to freezing. 1.

Construct drips and sediment traps using tee fitting with bottom outlet plugged or capped. Use minimum-length nipple of 3 pipe diameters, but not less than 3 inches long, and same size as connected pipe. Install with space between bottom of drip and floor for removal of plug or cap.

C.

Conceal pipe installations in walls, pipe spaces, utility spaces, above ceilings, unless indicated to be exposed to view.

D.

Install fuel gas piping at uniform grade of 0.1 percent slope upward toward risers.

FUEL GAS PIPING

15194-8

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

2013-13

12/2013

E.

Use eccentric reducer fittings to make reductions in pipe sizes. Install fittings with level side down.

F.

Connect branch piping from top or side of horizontal piping.

G.

Install unions in pipes NPS 2 and smaller, adjacent to each valve, at final connection to each piece of equipment, and elsewhere as indicated. Unions are not required on flanged devices.

H.

Install strainer on inlet of each line pressure regulator.

I.

Install pressure gage upstream and downstream from each line pressure regulator.

J.

Install flanges on valves, specialties, and equipment having NPS 2-1/2 and larger connections.

K.

Install vent piping for gas pressure regulators and gas trains, extend outside building, and vent to atmosphere. Terminate vents with turned-down, reducing-elbow fittings with corrosionresistant insect screens in large end.

3.9

CONNECTIONS A.

Drawings indicate general arrangement of fuel gas piping, fittings, and specialties.

B.

Install piping adjacent to appliances to allow service and maintenance.

C.

Connect piping to appliances using gas with shutoff valves and unions. Install valve upstream from and within 72 inches of each appliance. Install union downstream from valve.

D.

Sediment Traps: Install tee fitting with capped nipple in bottom to form drip, as close as practical to inlet of each appliance using gas.

3.10 A.

LABELING AND IDENTIFYING Equipment Nameplates and Signs: Install engraved plastic-laminate equipment nameplate or sign on or near each service meter, pressure regulator, and specialty valve. 1.

B.

3.11 A.

Text: In addition to name of identified unit, distinguish between multiple units, inform operator of operational requirements, indicate safety and emergency precautions, and warn of hazards and improper operations.

Unless otherwise indicated on drawings or other specification sections all gas piping inside the building shall be painted yellow and all gas piping outside the building shall be painted gray. Provide pipe identification tape in side the building with “NATURAL GAS” printed with ¾” tall letters. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Inspect, test, and purge piping according to ANSI Z223.1, Part 4 "Inspection, Testing, and Purging," and requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.

FUEL GAS PIPING

15194-9

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

2013-13

12/2013

B.

Repair leaks and defects with new materials and retest system until satisfactory results are obtained.

C.

Report test results promptly and in writing to Architect and authorities having jurisdiction.

D.

Verify capacities and pressure ratings of service meters, pressure regulators, valves, and specialties.

E.

Verify correct pressure settings for pressure regulators.

F.

Verify that specified piping tests are complete.

3.12 A.

ADJUSTING Adjust controls and safety devices. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and safety devices.

END OF SECTION

FUEL GAS PIPING

15194-10

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

2013-13

12/2013

SECTION 15410 - PLUMBING FIXTURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

RELATED DOCUMENTS A.

1.2

Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY

A. 1.3

This Section includes plumbing fixtures and related components. DEFINITIONS

A.

Accessible Fixture: Plumbing fixture that can be approached, entered, and used by people with disabilities.

B.

Fitting: Device that controls flow of water into or out of plumbing fixture. Fittings specified in this Section include supplies and stops, faucets and spouts, shower heads and tub spouts, drains and tailpieces, and traps and waste pipes. Piping and general-duty valves are included where indicated.

1.4

SUBMITTALS A.

Product Data: Include selected fixture and trim, fittings, accessories, appliances, appurtenances, equipment, and supports and indicate materials and finishes, dimensions, construction details, and flow-control rates for each type of fixture indicated.

B.

Shop Drawings: Diagram power, signal, and control wiring and differentiate between manufacturer-installed and field-installed wiring.

C.

Maintenance Data: For plumbing fixtures to include in maintenance manuals specified in Division 1.

1.5

QUALITY ASSURANCE A.

Source Limitations: Obtain plumbing fixtures, faucets, and other components of each category through one source from a single manufacturer. 1.

Exception: If fixtures, faucets, or other components are not available from a single manufacturer, obtain similar products from other manufacturers specified for that category.

PLUMBING FIXTURES

15410-1

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

2013-13

12/2013

B.

Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use.

C.

Regulatory Requirements: Comply with requirements in ICC A117.1, "Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities"; Public Law 90-480, "Architectural Barriers Act"; and Public Law 101-336, "Americans with Disabilities Act"; about plumbing fixtures for people with disabilities.

D.

Regulatory Requirements: Comply with requirements in U.S. Architectural & Transportation Barriers Compliance Board's "Uniform Federal Accessibility Standards (UFAS), 1985-494187" about plumbing fixtures for people with disabilities.

E.

Regulatory Requirements: Comply with requirements in Public Law 102-486, "Energy Policy Act," about water flow and consumption rates for plumbing fixtures.

F.

NSF Standard: Comply with NSF 61, "Drinking Water System Components--Health Effects," for fixture materials that will be in contact with potable water.

G.

Select combinations of fixtures and trim, faucets, fittings, and other components that are compatible.

H.

Comply with the following applicable standards and other requirements specified for plumbing fixtures: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

I.

Comply with the following applicable standards and other requirements specified for lavatory and sink faucets: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12.

J.

Enameled, Cast-Iron Fixtures: ASME A112.19.1M. Porcelain-Enameled, Formed-Steel Fixtures: ASME A112.19.4M. Stainless-Steel Fixtures Other Than Service Sinks: ASME A112.19.3M. Vitreous-China Fixtures: ASME A112.19.2M. Water-Closet, Flush Valve, Tank Trim: ASME A112.19.5.

Backflow Protection Devices for Faucets with Side Spray: ASME A112.18.3M. Backflow Protection Devices for Faucets with Hose-Thread Outlet: ASME A112.18.3M. Diverter Valves for Faucets with Hose Spray: ASSE 1025. Faucet Hose: ASTM D 3901. Faucets: ASME A112.18.1M. Hose-Connection Vacuum Breakers: ASSE 1011. Hose-Coupling Threads: ASME B1.20.7. Integral, Atmospheric Vacuum Breakers: ASSE 1001. NSF Materials: NSF 61. Pipe Threads: ASME B1.20.1. Sensor-Actuated Faucets and Electrical Devices: UL 1951. Supply and Drain Fittings: ASME A112.18.1M.

Comply with the following applicable standards and other requirements specified for miscellaneous fittings: 1.

Atmospheric Vacuum Breakers: ASSE 1001.

PLUMBING FIXTURES

15410-2

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

2. 3. 4. 5. K.

12/2013

Brass and Copper Supplies: ASME A112.18.1M. Manual-Operation Flushometers: ASSE 1037. Sensor-Operation Flushometers: ASSE 1037 and UL 1951. Tubular Brass Drainage Fittings and Piping: ASME A112.18.2M.

Comply with the following applicable standards and other requirements specified for miscellaneous components: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.

1.6

2013-13

Disposers: ASSE 1008 and UL 430. Floor Drains: ASME A112.21.1M. Grab Bars: ASTM F 446. Hose-Coupling Threads: ASME B1.20.7. Hot-Water Dispensers: ASSE 1023 and UL 499. Off-Floor Fixture Supports: ASME A112.6.1M. Pipe Threads: ASME B1.20.1. Plastic Toilet Seats: ANSI Z124.5. Supply and Drain Protective Shielding Guards: ICC A117.1.

COORDINATION A.

1.7

Coordinate roughing-in and final plumbing fixture locations, and verify that fixtures can be installed to comply with original design and referenced standards. EXTRA MATERIALS

A.

Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.

Faucet Washers and O-Rings: Equal to 10 percent of amount of each type and size installed. Faucet Cartridges and O-Rings: Equal to 5 percent of amount of each type and size installed. Faucet, Laminar-Flow Fittings: Equal to 10 percent of amount of each type and size installed, but not less than 2 of each type and size. Faucet, Flow-Control Fittings: Equal to 10 percent of amount of each type and size installed. Supply, Flow-Control Fittings: Equal to 5 percent of amount of each type and size installed. Flushometer Valve, Repair Kits: Equal to 10 percent of amount of each type installed, but not less than 12 of each type. Provide hinged-top wood or metal box, or individual metal boxes, with separate compartments for each type and size of extra materials listed above. Toilet Seats: Equal to 5 percent of amount of each type installed.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

MANUFACTURERS

PLUMBING FIXTURES

15410-3

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

A.

2013-13

12/2013

Refer to drawings for product description and acceptable manufacturers.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

EXAMINATION A.

Examine roughing-in for water soil and for waste piping systems and supports to verify actual locations and sizes of piping connections and that locations and types of supports match those indicated, before plumbing fixture installation. Use manufacturer's roughing-in data if roughing-in data are not indicated.

B.

Examine walls, floors, and cabinets for suitable conditions where fixtures are to be installed.

C.

Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.2

FIXTURE INSTALLATION A.

Assemble fixtures, trim, fittings, and other components according to manufacturers' written instructions.

B.

For wall-hanging fixtures, install off-floor supports affixed to building substrate. 1. 2. 3.

Use carrier supports with waste fitting and seal for back-outlet fixtures. Use carrier supports without waste fitting for fixtures with tubular waste piping. Use chair-type carrier supports with rectangular steel uprights for accessible fixtures.

C.

Install back-outlet, wall-hanging fixtures onto waste fitting seals and attach to supports.

D.

Install floor-mounting fixtures on closet flanges or other attachments to piping or building substrate.

E.

Install wall-hanging fixtures with tubular waste piping attached to supports.

F.

Install floor-mounting, back-outlet water closets attached to building floor substrate and wall bracket and onto waste fitting seals.

G.

Install counter-mounting fixtures in and attached to casework.

H.

Install fixtures level and plumb according to manufacturers' written instructions and roughing-in drawings.

I.

Install water-supply piping with stop on each supply to each fixture to be connected to water distribution piping. Attach supplies to supports or substrate within pipe spaces behind fixtures. Install stops in locations where they can be easily reached for operation. 1.

J.

Exception: Use ball, gate, or globe valve if stops are not specified with fixture.

Install trap and tubular waste piping on drain outlet of each fixture to be directly connected to sanitary drainage system.

PLUMBING FIXTURES

15410-4

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

2013-13

12/2013

K.

Install tubular waste piping on drain outlet of each fixture to be indirectly connected to drainage system.

L.

Install flushometer valves for accessible water closets and urinals with handle mounted on wide side of compartment. Install other actuators in locations that are easy for people with disabilities to reach.

M.

Install tanks for accessible, tank-type water closets with lever handle mounted on wide side of compartment.

N.

Install toilet seats on water closets.

O.

Install faucet-spout fittings with specified flow rates and patterns in faucet spouts if faucets are not available with required rates and patterns. Include adapters if required.

P.

Install water-supply, flow-control fittings with specified flow rates in fixture supplies at stop valves.

Q.

Install faucet, flow-control fittings with specified flow rates and patterns in faucet spouts if faucets are not available with required rates and patterns. Include adapters if required.

R.

Install traps on fixture outlets. 1. 2.

Exception: Omit trap on fixtures with integral traps. Exception: Omit trap on indirect wastes, unless otherwise indicated.

S.

Install disposer in outlet of sinks indicated to have disposer. Install switch where indicated or in wall adjacent to sink if location is not indicated.

T.

Install escutcheons at piping wall and ceiling penetrations in exposed, finished locations and within cabinets and millwork. Use deep-pattern escutcheons if required to conceal protruding fittings.

U.

Set service basins in leveling bed of cement grout.

V.

Seal joints between fixtures and walls, floors, and counters using sanitary-type, one-part, mildew-resistant, silicone sealant. Match sealant color to fixture color.

3.3

CONNECTIONS A.

Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties.

B.

Connect water supplies from water distribution piping to fixtures.

C.

Connect drain piping from fixtures to drainage piping.

D.

Supply and Waste Connections to Plumbing Fixtures: Connect fixtures with water supplies, stops, risers, traps, and waste piping. Use size fittings required to match fixtures. Connect to plumbing piping.

PLUMBING FIXTURES

15410-5

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

2013-13

12/2013

E.

Supply and Waste Connections to Fixtures and Equipment Specified in Other Sections: Connect fixtures and equipment with water supplies, stops, risers, traps, and waste piping specified. Use size fittings required to match fixtures and equipment. Connect to plumbing piping.

F.

Ground equipment. 1.

3.4

Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torquetightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B.

FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.

Verify that installed fixtures are categories and types specified for locations where installed.

B.

Check that fixtures are complete with trim, faucets, fittings, and other specified components.

C.

Inspect installed fixtures for damage. Replace damaged fixtures and components.

D.

Test installed fixtures after water systems are pressurized for proper operation. Replace malfunctioning fixtures and components, then retest. Repeat procedure until units operate properly.

E.

Install fresh batteries in sensor-operated mechanisms.

3.5

ADJUSTING A.

Operate and adjust faucets and controls. Replace damaged and malfunctioning fixtures, fittings, and controls.

B.

Operate and adjust disposers. Replace damaged and malfunctioning units.

C.

Adjust water pressure at faucets, and flushometer valves to produce proper flow and stream.

D.

Replace washers and seals of leaking and dripping faucets and stops.

3.6

CLEANING A.

Clean fixtures, faucets, and other fittings with manufacturers' recommended cleaning methods and materials. Do the following: 1. 2.

3.7

Remove faucet spouts and strainers, remove sediment and debris, and reinstall strainers and spouts. Remove sediment and debris from drains.

PROTECTION A.

Provide protective covering for installed fixtures and fittings.

PLUMBING FIXTURES

15410-6

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

B.

2013-13

12/2013

Do not allow use of fixtures for temporary facilities unless approved in writing by Owner.

END OF SECTION

PLUMBING FIXTURES

15410-7

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

2013-13

12/2013

SECTION 15430 – PLUMBING SPECIALTIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

RELATED DOCUMENTS A.

1.2

Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY

A.

This Section includes the following plumbing specialties: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13.

1.3

Backflow preventers. Balancing valves. Thermostatic water mixing valves. Strainers. Key-operation hydrants. Nondraining nonfreeze post hydrants. Drain valves. Trap Primers Miscellaneous piping specialties. Sleeve penetration systems. Flashing materials. Cleanouts. Floor drains.

PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A.

Provide components and installation capable of producing piping systems with following minimum working-pressure ratings, unless otherwise indicated: 1. 2.

1.4

Domestic Water Piping: 125 psig. Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping: 10-foot head of water.

SUBMITTALS A.

Product Data: Include rated capacities and shipping, installed, and operating weights. Indicate materials, finishes, dimensions, required clearances, and methods of assembly of components; and piping and wiring connections for the following: 1. 2. 3. 4.

Backflow preventers and water regulators. Balancing valves and strainers. Thermostatic water mixing valves and water tempering valves. Water hammer arresters, air vents, and trap seal primer valves and systems.

PLUMBING SPECIALTIES

15430-1

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

5. 6. 7. 8.

2013-13

12/2013

Drain valves, hose bibbs, and hydrants. Cleanouts, floor drains. Vent caps, vent terminals, and roof flashing assemblies. Sleeve penetration systems.

B.

Shop Drawings: Diagram power, signal, and control wiring.

C.

Field test reports.

D.

Maintenance Data: For plumbing specialties to include in maintenance manuals. Include the following: 1. 2. 3.

1.5

Backflow preventers and water regulators. Thermostatic water mixing valves and water tempering valves. Hydrants.

QUALITY ASSURANCE A.

Product Options: Drawings indicate size, profiles, and dimensional requirements of plumbing specialties and are based on the specific system indicated.

B.

Plumbing specialties shall bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified testing agency.

C.

Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use.

D.

ASME Compliance: Comply with ASME B31.9, "Building Services Piping," for piping materials and installation.

E.

NSF Compliance: 1. Comply with NSF 61, "Drinking Water System Components--Health Effects, Sections 1 through 9," for potable domestic water plumbing specialties.

1.6

EXTRA MATERIALS A.

Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1.

Operating Key Handles: Equal to 100 percent of amount installed for each key-operated hose bibb and hydrant installed.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

MANUFACTURERS A.

In other Part 2 articles where subparagraph titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply for product selection:

PLUMBING SPECIALTIES

15430-2

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

1.

2.2

Products: specified.

2013-13

12/2013

Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products

BACKFLOW PREVENTERS A.

Available Manufacturers:

B.

Manufacturers: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

C.

Ames Co., Inc. B & K Industries, Inc. Febco Backflow Preventers. Conbraco Industries, Inc. Sparco, Inc. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. Zurn Industries, Inc.; Wilkins Div.

General: ASSE standard, backflow preventers. 1. 2.

NPS 2 and Smaller: Bronze body with threaded ends. NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: Bronze, cast-iron, steel, or stainless-steel body with flanged ends. a.

3. 4. 5.

Interior Lining: AWWA C550 or FDA-approved, epoxy coating for backflow preventers having cast-iron or steel body.

Interior Components: Corrosion-resistant materials. Exterior Finish: Polished chrome plate if used in chrome-plated piping system. Strainer: On inlet, if indicated.

D.

Pipe-Applied, Atmospheric-Type Vacuum Breakers: atmospheric vent.

E.

Hose-Connection Vacuum Breakers: ASSE 1011, nickel plated, with nonremovable and manual drain features, and ASME B1.20.7, garden-hose threads on outlet. Units attached to rough-bronze-finish hose connections may be rough bronze.

F.

Intermediate Atmospheric-Vent Backflow Preventers: ASSE 1012, suitable for continuous pressure application. Include inlet screen and two independent check valves with intermediate atmospheric vent.

G.

Reduced-Pressure-Principle Backflow Preventers: ASSE 1013, suitable for continuous pressure application. Include outside screw and yoke gate valves on inlet and outlet, and strainer on inlet; test cocks; and pressure-differential relief valve with ASME A112.1.2 air-gap fitting located between two positive-seating check valves. 1.

H.

ASSE 1001, with floating disc and

Pressure Loss: 12 psig maximum, through middle 1/3 of flow range.

Dual-Check-Valve-Type Backflow Preventers: ASSE 1024, suitable for continuous pressure application. Include union inlet and two independent check valves.

PLUMBING SPECIALTIES

15430-3

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

I.

2.3

2013-13

12/2013

Hose-Connection Backflow Preventers: ASSE 1052, suitable for at least 3-gpm flow and applications with up to 10-foot head of water back pressure. Include two check valves; intermediate atmospheric vent; and nonremovable, ASME B1.20.7, garden-hose threads on outlet. WATER REGULATORS

A.

Available Manufacturers:

B.

Manufacturers: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

C.

Armstrong-Yoshitake, Inc. Cashco, Inc. Conbraco Industries, Inc. FLOMATIC Corp. IMI Cash Valve. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. Zurn Industries, Inc.; Wilkins Div.

General: ASSE 1003, water regulators, rated for initial working pressure of 150 psig minimum. Include integral factory-installed or separate field-installed, Y-pattern strainer. 1.

NPS 2 and Smaller: Bronze body with threaded ends. a. b.

2.

NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: Bronze or cast-iron body with flanged ends. Include AWWA C550 or FDA-approved, interior epoxy coating for regulators with cast-iron body. a.

3. 4. 2.4

General-Duty Service: Single-seated, direct operated, unless otherwise indicated. Booster Heater Water Supply: Single-seated, direct operated with integral bypass.

Type: Single-seated, direct operated.

Interior Components: Corrosion-resistant materials. Exterior Finish: Polished chrome plate if used in chrome-plated piping system.

CALIBRATED BALANCING VALVES A.

Calibrated Balancing Valves, NPS 2 and Smaller: Bronze body, ball type, 125-psig working pressure, 250 deg F maximum operating temperature, and having threaded ends. Valves shall have calibrated orifice or venturi, connections for portable differential pressure meter with integral seals, and be equipped with a memory stop to retain set position. 1.

Calibrated Balancing Valves: a. b. c. d. e.

Armstrong Pumps, Inc. Flow Design, Inc. Gerand Engineering Company. Griswold Controls. ITT Bell & Gossett; ITT Fluid Technology Corp.

PLUMBING SPECIALTIES

15430-4

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

f. 2.5

2013-13

12/2013

Taco, Inc.

THERMOSTATIC WATER MIXING VALVES A.

Manufacturers: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

B.

General: ASSE 1017, manually adjustable, thermostatic water mixing valve with bronze body. Include check stop and union on hot- and cold-water-supply inlets, adjustable temperature setting, and thermometer. 1.

C.

Piping, valves, and unions. Include thermometer if not in cabinet. Piping Component Finish: Rough bronze. Cabinet: Surface-mounting steel box with steel hinged door, white enameled finish, and thermometer in front.

Manifolded, Thermostatic Water Mixing-Valve Assemblies: Factory-fabricated unit consisting of parallel arrangement of thermostatic water mixing valves. 1.

2. 3. 4.

2.6

Type: Bimetal thermostat, operation and pressure rating 125 psig (860 kPa) minimum.

Thermostatic Water Mixing Valves: Unit, with the following: 1. 2. 3.

D.

Lawler Manufacturing Company, Inc. Leonard Valve Company. Mark Controls Corp.; Powers Process Controls. Symmons Industries, Inc. T & S Brass and Bronze Works, Inc.

Arrangement: One large-flow, thermostatic water mixing valve with flow-control valve, pressure regulator, inlet and outlet pressure gages, and one small-flow, thermostatic water mixing valve with flow-control valve. Include outlet thermometer, factory- or fieldinstalled inlet and outlet valves, and other indicated options. Include piping, valves, and unions. Piping Component Finish: Rough bronze. Cabinet: Surface-mounting steel box with steel hinged door, white enameled finish, and thermometer in front.

STRAINERS A.

Strainers: Y-pattern, unless otherwise indicated, and full size of connecting piping. Include ASTM A 666, Type 304, stainless-steel screens with 3/64-inch round perforations, unless otherwise indicated. 1. 2. 3. 4.

Pressure Rating: 125-psig minimum steam working pressure, unless otherwise indicated. NPS 2 and Smaller: Bronze body, with female threaded ends. NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: Cast-iron body, with interior AWWA C550 or FDA-approved, epoxy coating and flanged ends. Y-Pattern Strainers: Screwed screen retainer with centered blowdown.

PLUMBING SPECIALTIES

15430-5

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

a. 5. 6.

Drain: Factory- or field-installed, hose-end drain valve.

Type: Simplex with one basket. Drain: Factory- or field-installed, hose-end drain valve.

Drainage Basket Strainers: Non-pressure-rated, cast-iron or coated-steel body; with bolted flange or clamp cover and drain with plug. 1. 2.

2.7

12/2013

T-Pattern Strainers: Malleable-iron or ductile-iron body with grooved ends; access end cap with drain plug and access coupling with rubber gasket. Basket Strainers: Bolted flange or clamp cover, and basket with lift-out handle. a. b.

B.

2013-13

Basket: Bronze or stainless steel with 1/8- or 3/16-inch-diameter holes and lift-out handle. Female threaded ends for NPS 2 and smaller, and flanged ends for NPS 2-1/2 and larger.

KEY-OPERATION HYDRANTS A.

Manufacturers: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

B.

General: ASME A112.21.3M, key-operation hydrant with pressure rating of 125 psig. 1. 2. 3.

C.

Inlet: NPS 3/4 or NPS 1 threaded or solder joint. Outlet: ASME B1.20.7, garden-hose threads. Operating Keys: One with each key-operation hydrant.

Nonfreeze Exposed-Outlet Wall Hydrants: ASSE 1019, self-drainable with integral nonremovable hose-connection vacuum breaker, casing and operating rod to match wall thickness, projecting outlet, and wall clamp. 1. 2.

2.8

Josam Co. Simmons Manufacturing Co. Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co. Tyler Pipe; Wade Div. Watts Industries, Inc.; Drainage Products Div. Woodford Manufacturing Co. Zurn Industries, Inc.

Classification: Type B, for automatic draining with hose removed or with hose attached and nozzle closed. Nozzle and Wall Plate Finish: Rough bronze.

TRAP SEAL PRIMER VALVES A.

Supply-Type Trap Seal Primer Valves: ASSE 1018, water-supply-fed type. 1.

Manufacturers: a. b.

E & S Valves. Josam Co.

PLUMBING SPECIALTIES

15430-6

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

c. d. e. f. g. h. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. B.

12/2013

MIFAB Manufacturing, Inc. Precision Plumbing Products, Inc. Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co. Tyler Pipe; Wade Div. Watts Industries, Inc. Zurn Industries, Inc.

125-psig minimum working pressure. Bronze body with atmospheric-vented drain chamber. Inlet and Outlet Connections: NPS 1/2 threaded, union, or solder joint. Gravity Drain Outlet Connection: NPS 1/2 threaded or solder joint. Finish: Chrome plated, or rough bronze for units used with pipe or tube that is not chrome finished.

Trap Seal Primer System: Factory-fabricated, automatic-operation assembly for wall mounting with the following: 1.

Manufacturers: a.

2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 2.9

2013-13

Precision Plumbing Products, Inc.

Piping: NPS 3/4, ASTM B 88, Type L; copper, water tubing inlet and manifold with number of NPS 1/2 outlets as indicated. Cabinet: Steel box with stainless-steel cover. Electric Controls: 24-hour timer, solenoid valve, and manual switch for 120-V ac power. Water Hammer Arrester: ASSE 1010. Vacuum Breaker: ASSE 1001.

DRAIN VALVES A.

Hose-End Drain Valve: MSS SP-80, gate valve, Class 125, ASTM B 62 bronze body, with NPS 3/4 threaded or solder-joint inlet and ASME B1.20.7, garden-hose threads on outlet and cap. Hose bibbs are prohibited for this application.

B.

Stop-and-Waste Drain Valves: MSS SP-110, ball valve, rated for 200-psig minimum CWP or MSS SP-80, Class 125, gate valve; ASTM B 62 bronze body, with NPS 1/8 side drain outlet and cap.

2.10 A.

MISCELLANEOUS PIPING SPECIALTIES Water Hammer Arresters: ASSE 1010 or PDI-WH 201, metal-bellows type with pressurized metal cushioning chamber. Sizes indicated are based on ASSE 1010 or PDI-WH 201, Sizes A through F. 1.

Manufacturers: a. b. c.

Josam Co. Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co. Tyler Pipe; Wade Div.

PLUMBING SPECIALTIES

15430-7

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

d. B.

2013-13

12/2013

Zurn Industries, Inc.

Hose Bibbs: Bronze body with replaceable seat disc complying with ASME A112.18.1M for compression-type faucets. Include NPS 1/2 or NPS 3/4 threaded or solder-joint inlet, of design suitable for pressure of at least 125 psig; integral or field-installed, nonremovable, drainable hose-connection vacuum breaker; and garden-hose threads complying with ASME B1.20.7 on outlet. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.

Finish for Equipment Rooms: Rough bronze, or chrome or nickel plated. Finish for Service Areas: Rough bronze. Finish for Finished Rooms: Chrome or nickel plated. Operation for Equipment Rooms: Wheel handle or operating key. Operation for Service Areas: Operating key. Operation for Finished Rooms: Operating key. Include operating key with each operating-key hose bibb. Include integral wall flange with each chrome- or nickel-plated hose bibb.

C.

Open Drains: Shop or field fabricate from ASTM A 74, Service class, hub-and-spigot, castiron, soil-pipe fittings. Include P-trap, hub-and-spigot riser section; and where required, increaser fitting, joined with ASTM C 564, rubber gaskets.

D.

Deep-Seal Traps: Cast-iron or bronze casting, with inlet and outlet matching connected piping and cleanout trap seal primer valve connection. 1. 2.

NPS 2: 4-inch-minimum water seal. NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: 5-inch-minimum water seal.

E.

Floor-Drain Inlet Fittings: Cast iron, with threaded inlet and threaded or spigot outlet, and trap seal primer valve connection.

F.

Fixed Air-Gap Fittings: Manufactured cast-iron or bronze drainage fitting with semiopen top with threads or device to secure drainage inlet piping in top and bottom spigot or threaded outlet larger than top inlet. Include design complying with ASME A112.1.2 that will provide fixed air gap between installed inlet and outlet piping.

G.

Stack Flashing Fittings: Counterflashing-type, cast-iron fitting, with bottom recess for terminating roof membrane, and with threaded or hub top for extending vent pipe.

H.

Vent Caps: Cast-iron body with threaded or hub inlet and vandal-proof design. Include vented hood and set-screws to secure to vent pipe.

I.

Vent Terminals: Commercially manufactured, shop- or field-fabricated, frost-proof assembly constructed of galvanized steel, copper, or lead-coated copper. Size to provide 1-inch enclosed air space between outside of pipe and inside of flashing collar extension, with counterflashing.

J.

Expansion Joints: ASME A112.21.2M, assembly with cast-iron body with bronze sleeve, packing gland, and packing; of size and end types corresponding to connected piping.

2.11

SLEEVE PENETRATION SYSTEMS

PLUMBING SPECIALTIES

15430-8

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

A.

A.

ProSet Systems, Inc.

Description: UL 1479, through-penetration firestop assembly consisting of sleeve and stack fitting with firestopping plug. 1.

2.12

12/2013

Manufacturers: 1.

B.

2013-13

Sleeve: Molded PVC plastic, of length to match slab thickness and with integral nailing flange on one end for installation in cast-in-place concrete slabs.

FLASHING MATERIALS Lead Sheet: ASTM B 749, Type L51121, copper bearing, with the following minimum weights and thickness, unless otherwise indicated: 1. 2. 3.

General Use: 4-lb/sq. ft., 0.0625-inch thickness. Vent Pipe Flashing: 3-lb/sq. ft., 0.0469-inch thickness. Burning: 6-lb/sq. ft, 0.0938-inch thickness.

B.

Elastic Membrane Sheet: ASTM D 4068, flexible, chlorinated polyethylene, 40-mil minimum thickness.

C.

Fasteners: Metal compatible with material and substrate being fastened.

D.

Metal Accessories: Sheet metal strips, clamps, anchoring devices, and similar accessory units required for installation; matching or compatible with material being installed.

E.

Solder: ASTM B 32, lead-free alloy.

F.

Bituminous Coating: SSPC-Paint 12, solvent-type, bituminous mastic.

2.13 A.

CLEANOUTS Cleanouts: Comply with ASME A112.3.1. 1. 2.

Application: Floor cleanout, Wall cleanout, For installation in exposed piping. Products: a. b. c. d. e. f. g.

3. 4. 5. 6.

Josam Co. LSP Products Group. Sioux Chief Manufacturing Co., Inc. Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co. Tyler Pipe, Wade Div. Watts Industries, Inc. Zurn Industries, Inc.

Body or Ferrule Material: Cast iron. Clamping Device: Required. Outlet Connection: Spigot. Closure: Brass plug with straight threads and gasket.

PLUMBING SPECIALTIES

15430-9

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

7. 8. 9. 10. 2.14 A.

12/2013

Adjustable Housing Material: Cast iron. Frame and Cover Material and Finish: Painted cast iron. Frame and Cover Shape: Round. Top Loading Classification: Light Duty.

FLOOR DRAINS Floor Drains, FD1: Comply with ASTM AC564. 1. 2.

Application: Floor drain. Available Products: a. b.

3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. B.

2013-13

Josam Co.; 30000-A-2-50. Or equal in Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co.; Tyler Pipe, Wade Div.; Watts Industries, Inc., Drainage Products Div.; Zurn Industries, Inc., Jonespec Div.

Body Material: Coated Cast Iron. Clamping Device: Required. Outlet: Bottom. Top or Strainer Material: Bronze. Top of Body and Strainer Finish: Polished bronze. Top Shape: Round. Top Loading Classification: Light Duty. Funnel: Not required. Trap Features: Trap seal primer valve drain connection.

Floor Drains, FD2: Comply with ASTM AC564. 1. 2.

Application: Floor drain. Available Products: a. b.

3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

Josam Co.; 32120-7-50-92. Or equal in Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co.; Tyler Pipe, Wade Div.; Watts Industries, Inc., Drainage Products Div.; Zurn Industries, Inc., Jonespec Div.

Body Material: Galvanized Cast Iron. Clamping Device: Required. Outlet: Bottom. Top or Strainer Material: Ductile Iron. Top Shape: Round. Top Loading Classification: Medium Duty. Funnel: Not required. Trap Features: Trap seal primer valve drain connection.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

INSTALLATION

PLUMBING SPECIALTIES

15430-10

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

A.

2013-13

12/2013

Install backflow preventers in each water supply to mechanical equipment and systems and to other equipment and water systems that may be sources of contamination. Comply with authorities having jurisdiction. 1. 2.

3.

Locate backflow preventers in same room as connected equipment or system. Install drain for backflow preventers with atmospheric-vent drain connection with air-gap fitting, fixed air-gap fitting, or equivalent positive pipe separation of at least two pipe diameters in drain piping and pipe to floor drain. Locate air-gap device attached to or under backflow preventer. Simple air breaks are not acceptable for this application. Do not install bypass piping around backflow preventers.

B.

Install pressure regulators with inlet and outlet shutoff valves and balance valve bypass. Install pressure gages on inlet and outlet.

C.

Install strainers on supply side of each control valve, pressure regulator, and solenoid valve.

D.

Install trap seal primer valves with outlet piping pitched down toward drain trap a minimum of 1 percent and connect to floor-drain body, trap, or inlet fitting. Adjust valve for proper flow.

E.

Install expansion joints on vertical risers, stacks, and conductors if indicated.

F.

Install cleanouts in aboveground piping and building drain piping according to the following, unless otherwise indicated: 1. 2. 3. 4.

Size same as drainage piping up to NPS 4. Use NPS 4 for larger drainage piping unless larger cleanout is indicated. Locate at each change in direction of piping greater than 45 degrees. Locate at minimum intervals of 50 feet for piping NPS 4 and smaller and 100 feet for larger piping. Locate at base of each vertical soil and waste stack.

G.

Install cleanout deck plates with top flush with finished floor, for floor cleanouts for piping below floors.

H.

Install cleanout wall access covers, of types indicated, with frame and cover flush with finished wall, for cleanouts located in concealed piping.

I.

Install flashing flange and clamping device with each stack and cleanout passing through floors with waterproof membrane.

J.

Install vent flashing sleeves on stacks passing through roof. according to manufacturer's written instructions.

K.

Install floor drains at low points of surface areas to be drained. Set grates of drains flush with finished floor, unless otherwise indicated. 1. 2.

Secure over stack flashing

Position floor drains for easy access and maintenance. Set floor drains below elevation of surrounding finished floor to allow floor drainage. Set with grates depressed according to the following drainage area radii:

PLUMBING SPECIALTIES

15430-11

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

a. b. c. 3. 4. L.

2013-13

12/2013

Radius, 30 Inches or Less: Equivalent to 1 percent slope, but not less than 1/4-inch total depression. Radius, 30 to 60 Inches: Equivalent to 1 percent slope. Radius, 60 Inches or Larger: Equivalent to 1 percent slope, but not greater than 1inch total depression.

Install floor-drain flashing collar or flange so no leakage occurs between drain and adjoining flooring. Maintain integrity of waterproof membranes where penetrated. Install individual traps for floor drains connected to sanitary building drain, unless otherwise indicated.

Install roof drains at low points of roof areas according to roof membrane manufacturer's written installation instructions. 1. 2.

Install roof-drain flashing collar or flange so no leakage occurs between drain and adjoining roofing. Maintain integrity of waterproof membranes where penetrated. Position roof drains for easy access and maintenance.

M.

Fasten wall-hanging plumbing specialties securely to supports attached to building substrate if supports are specified and to building wall construction if no support is indicated.

N.

Fasten recessed-type plumbing specialties to reinforcement built into walls.

O.

Install wood-blocking reinforcement for wall-mounting and recessed-type plumbing specialties.

P.

Install individual shutoff valve in each water supply to plumbing specialties. Use ball, or globe valve if specific valve is not indicated. Install shutoff valves in accessible locations.

Q.

Install air vents at piping high points. Include ball, gate, or globe valve in inlet and drain piping from outlet to floor drain.

R.

Install traps on plumbing specialty drain outlets. Omit traps on indirect wastes unless trap is indicated.

S.

Install escutcheons at wall, floor, and ceiling penetrations in exposed finished locations and within cabinets and millwork. Use deep-pattern escutcheons if required to conceal protruding pipe fittings.

3.2

CONNECTIONS A.

Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties.

B.

Install piping adjacent to equipment to allow service and maintenance.

C.

Connect plumbing specialties to piping specified in other Division 15 Sections.

D.

Ground equipment.

E.

Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torquetightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B.

PLUMBING SPECIALTIES

15430-12

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

F. 3.3

2013-13

12/2013

Connect plumbing specialties and devices that require power according to Division 16 Sections. FLASHING INSTALLATION

A.

Fabricate flashing from single piece unless large pans, sumps, or other drainage shapes are required. Join flashing according to the following if required: 1.

B.

Lead Sheets: Burn joints of lead sheets 6-lb/sq. ft., 0.0938-inch thickness or thicker. Solder joints of lead sheets 4-lb/sq. ft, 0.0625-inch thickness or thinner.

Install sheet flashing on pipes, sleeves, and specialties passing through or embedded in floors and roofs with waterproof membrane. 1. 2. 3.

Pipe Flashing: Sleeve type, matching pipe size, with minimum length of 10 inches, and skirt or flange extending at least 8 inches around pipe. Sleeve Flashing: Flat sheet, with skirt or flange extending at least 8 inches around sleeve. Embedded Specialty Flashing: Flat sheet, with skirt or flange extending at least 8 inches around specialty.

C.

Set flashing on floors and roofs in solid coating of bituminous cement.

D.

Secure flashing into sleeve and specialty clamping ring or device.

E.

Install flashing for piping passing through roofs with counterflashing or commercially made flashing fittings.

F.

Extend flashing up vent pipe passing through roofs and turn down into pipe, or secure flashing into cast-iron sleeve having calking recess.

G.

Fabricate and install flashing and pans, sumps, and other drainage shapes.

3.4

LABELING AND IDENTIFYING A.

Equipment Nameplates and Signs: Install engraved plastic-laminate equipment nameplate or sign on or near each backflow preventer, thermostatic water mixing valve, water tempering valve, trap seal primer system. 1.

3.5

Text: Distinguish among multiple units, inform operator of operational requirements, indicate safety and emergency precautions, and warn of hazards and improper operations, in addition to identifying unit.

FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.

Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect field-assembled trap seal primer systems and their installation, including piping and electrical connections. Report results in writing. 1.

Leak Test: After installation, charge system and test for leaks. Repair leaks and retest until no leaks exist.

PLUMBING SPECIALTIES

15430-13

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

2.

3.

3.6

2013-13

12/2013

Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper motor rotation and unit operation. Remove malfunctioning units, replace with new units, and retest. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment.

PROTECTION A.

Protect drains during remainder of construction period to avoid clogging with dirt and debris and to prevent damage from traffic and construction work.

B.

Place plugs in ends of uncompleted piping at end of each day or when work stops.

3.7

DEMONSTRATION A.

Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain trap seal primer systems.

END OF SECTION

PLUMBING SPECIALTIES

15430-14

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

2013-13

12/2013

SECTION 15485 - ELECTRIC WATER HEATERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

RELATED DOCUMENTS A.

1.2

Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY

A.

This Section includes the following electric water heaters: 1. 2. 3.

1.3

Thermostat-control, instantaneous electric water heaters. Compression tanks. Water heater accessories.

SUBMITTALS A.

Product Data: For each type and size of water heater indicated. Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, furnished specialties, and accessories.

B.

Shop Drawings: Diagram power, signal, and control wiring.

C.

Product Certificates: For each type of commercial and instantaneous electric water heater, signed by product manufacturer.

D.

Source quality-control test reports.

E.

Field quality-control test reports.

F.

Operation and Maintenance Data: For electric water heaters to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals.

G.

Warranty: Special warranty specified in this Section.

1.4

QUALITY ASSURANCE A.

Source Limitations: Obtain same type of electric water heaters through one source from a single manufacturer.

B.

Product Options: Drawings indicate size, profiles, and dimensional requirements of electric water heaters and are based on the specific system indicated. Refer to Division 1 Section "Product Requirements."

ELECTRIC WATER HEATERS

15485 - 1

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

2013-13

12/2013

C.

Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use.

D.

ASME Compliance: Where indicated, fabricate and label commercial water heater storage tanks to comply with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section VIII, Division 1.

E.

Comply with NSF 61, "Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects; Sections 1 through 9," for all components that will be in contact with potable water.

1.5

COORDINATION A.

1.6

Coordinate size and location of concrete bases with Architectural and Structural Drawings. WARRANTY

A.

Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of electric water heaters that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1.

Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. b. c.

2.

Structural failures including storage tank and supports. Faulty operation of controls. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal use.

Warranty Period(s): From date of Substantial Completion: a. b.

Instantaneous Electric Water Heaters: Two year(s). Light-Commercial Electric Water Heaters: 1) 2)

Storage Tank: Three years. Controls and Other Components: Two years.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

MANUFACTURERS A.

In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: 1.

2.

Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, manufacturers specified. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the manufacturers specified.

ELECTRIC WATER HEATERS

15485 - 2

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

2.2

2013-13

12/2013

INSTANTANEOUS ELECTRIC WATER HEATERS A.

Thermostat-Control, Instantaneous Electric Water Heaters: Comply with UL 499 for tankless electric (water heater) heating appliance. 1.

Available Manufacturers: a. b. c. d.

2.

Construction: Copper piping or tubing complying with NSF 61 barrier materials for potable water, without storage capacity. a. b. c. d. e. f.

3. 2.3

Chronomite Laboratories, Inc. IMI Waterheating, Ltd. Keltech, Inc. Niagara Industries, Inc.

Connections: ASME B1.20.1 pipe thread. Pressure Rating: 150 psig. Heating Element: Resistance heating system. Temperature Control: Thermostat. Safety Control: High-temperature-limit cutoff device or system. Jacket: Aluminum or steel with enameled finish or plastic.

Support: Bracket for wall mounting.

WATER HEATER ACCESSORIES A.

Combination Temperature and Pressure Relief Valves: ASME rated and stamped and complying with ASME PTC 25.3. Include relieving capacity at least as great as heat input, and include pressure setting less than water heater working-pressure rating. Select relief valves with sensing element that extends into storage tank.

B.

Pressure Relief Valves: ASME rated and stamped and complying with ASME PTC 25.3. Include pressure setting less than water heater working-pressure rating.

C.

Piping-Type Heat Traps: Field-fabricated ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1 or ASHRAE 90.2.

D.

Water Regulators: ASSE 1003, water-pressure reducing valve. Set at 25-psig- maximum outlet pressure, unless otherwise indicated.

E.

Shock Absorbers: ASSE 1010 or PDI WH 201, Size A water hammer arrester.

2.4

piping

arrangement

according

to

SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A.

Test and inspect water heater storage tanks, specified to be ASME-code construction, according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code.

B.

Hydrostatically test commercial water heater storage tanks before shipment to minimum of one and one-half times pressure rating.

ELECTRIC WATER HEATERS

15485 - 3

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

C.

2013-13

12/2013

Prepare test reports.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

WATER HEATER INSTALLATION A.

Install water heaters level and plumb, according to layout drawings, original design, and referenced standards. Maintain manufacturer's recommended clearances. Arrange units so controls and devices needing service are accessible.

B.

Install combination temperature and pressure relief valves in water piping for water heaters without storage. Extend commercial-water-heater relief-valve outlet, with drain piping same as domestic water piping in continuous downward pitch, and discharge by positive air gap onto closest floor drain.

C.

Install water-heater drain piping as indirect waste to spill by positive air gap into open drains or over floor drains. Install hose-end drain valves at low points in water piping for water heaters that do not have tank drains. Refer to Division 15 Section "Plumbing Specialties" for hose-end drain valves.

D.

Install thermometer on outlet piping of water heaters.

E.

Install piping-type heat traps on inlet and outlet piping of water heater storage tanks without integral or fitting-type heat traps.

F.

Fill water heaters with water.

G.

Charge compression tanks with air.

3.2

CONNECTIONS A.

Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 15 Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties.

B.

Install piping adjacent to water heaters to allow service and maintenance. Arrange piping for easy removal of water heaters.

C.

Ground equipment according to Division 16 Section "Grounding and Bonding."

D.

Connect wiring according to Division 16 Section "Conductors and Cables."

3.3

FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.

Perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports: 1. 2.

Leak Test: After installation, test for leaks. Repair leaks and retest until no leaks exist. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, confirm proper operation.

ELECTRIC WATER HEATERS

15485 - 4

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

3. B.

3.4

2013-13

12/2013

Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment.

Remove and replace water heaters that do not pass tests and inspections and retest as specified above. DEMONSTRATION

A.

Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain commercial and instantaneous electric water heaters. Refer to Division 1.

END OF SECTION

ELECTRIC WATER HEATERS

15485 - 5

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

2013-13

12/2013

SECTION 15486 – FUEL-FIRED DOMESTIC WATER HEATERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

RELATED DOCUMENTS A.

1.2

Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY

A.

This Section includes the following for domestic water systems: 1. 2. 3.

1.3

Commercial, gas water heaters. Compression tanks. Accessories.

SUBMITTALS A.

Product Data: For each type and size of water heater. Include rated capacities; shipping, installed, and operating weights; furnished specialties; and accessories.

B.

Shop Drawings: Detail water heater assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. 1.

Wiring Diagrams: Power, signal, and control systems. manufacturer-installed and field-installed wiring.

Differentiate between

C.

Product Certificates: Signed by manufacturers of water heaters certifying that products furnished comply with requirements.

D.

Maintenance Data: Division 1.

E.

Warranties: Special warranties specified in this Section.

1.4

For water heaters to include in maintenance manuals specified in

QUALITY ASSURANCE A.

Source Limitations: Obtain same type of water heaters through one source from a single manufacturer.

B.

Product Options: Drawings indicate size, profiles, and dimensional requirements of water heaters and are based on specific units indicated. Other manufacturers' products complying with requirements may be considered.

FUEL-FIRED DOMESTIC WATER HEATERS

15486-1

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

2013-13

12/2013

C.

ANSI Compliance: Provide gas water heaters that comply with ANSI standards for gas water heaters and related products and that bear AGA certification label.

D.

ASME Compliance: Fabricate and label water heater, hot-water storage tanks to comply with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section VIII, "Pressure Vessels," Division 1.

E.

ASHRAE Standards: Comply with performance efficiencies prescribed for the following: 1.

1.5

ASHRAE 90.1, "Energy Efficient Design of New Buildings except Low-Rise Residential Buildings," for commercial water heaters.

WARRANTY A.

General Warranty: Special warranty specified in this Article shall not deprive Owner of other rights Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

MANUFACTURERS A.

Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1.

Commercial, Storage, Powered-Combustion, Direct-Vent, Gas Water Heaters: a. b. c. d. e. f.

2.

American Water Heater Co. Bradford White Corp. Lochinvar PVI Industries, Inc. Smith: A. O. Smith Water Products Co. State Industries.

Compression Tanks: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j.

Amtrol, Inc. Armstrong Pumps, Inc. Flexcon Industries. Myers: F. E. Myers. Smith: A. O. Smith; Aqua-Air Div. State Industries. Taco, Inc. Therma Flow, Inc. Wessels Co. Zurn Industries, Inc.; Wilkins Div.

FUEL-FIRED DOMESTIC WATER HEATERS

15486-2

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

2.2

12/2013

COMMERCIAL, STORAGE, POWERED COMBUSTION, DIRECT-VENT, GAS WATER HEATERS A.

Description: Comply with UL 795.

B.

Shell Construction: ASME-code steel with 125-psig-minimum working-pressure rating. 1. 2.

Fire Tubes: Single-pass, copper-clad, seamless steel. Tappings: Factory fabricated of materials compatible with tank for piping connections, relief valve, pressure gage, thermometer, drain, anode rods, and controls as required. Attach tappings to tank shell before testing and labeling. a. b.

3. 4. 5.

NPS 2 and Smaller: Threaded ends according to ASME B1.20.1, pipe threads. NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: Flanged ends according to ASME B16.5 for steel and stainless-steel flanges and according to ASME B16.24 for copper and copper-alloy flanges.

Interior Finish: Materials and thicknesses complying with NSF 61, barrier materials for potable-water tank linings. Extend finish into and through tank fittings and outlets. Insulation: Comply with ASHRAE 90.1. Surround entire storage tank except connections and controls. Jacket: Steel, with enameled finish.

C.

Components, Gas Train, and Controls: Manufacturer's standard, unless otherwise indicated.

D.

Burner: Low NOx, Forced-draft power burner assembly for natural-gas fuel made with nozzles for fire tubes, and complying with appropriate requirements of UL 795. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

2.3

2013-13

Provide air intake assembly (adapter on burner assembly) for direct vent capabilities. Temperature Control: Adjustable thermostat. Safety Controls: Automatic, high-temperature-limit and low-water cutoff devices or systems. Automatic Ignition: ANSI Z21.20, automatic gas-ignition system and components. Automatic Damper: ANSI Z21.66, gas-fired-appliance, automatic-vent-damper device. Burner and heating section shall be certified by an independent laboratory to operate with NOx emissions not to exceed 55 ppm corrected to 3% O2. Gas Train

E.

Anode Rods: Factory installed, magnesium.

F.

Drain Valve: ASSE 1005, corrosion-resistant metal, factory installed.

G.

Mounting: Factory-fabricated, structural-steel skids.

H.

Water heater shall be a category I, non-condensing appliance. Provide breeching and routing with recommendations as indicated by the manufacturer. COMPRESSION TANKS

FUEL-FIRED DOMESTIC WATER HEATERS

15486-3

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

2013-13

12/2013

A.

Description: Steel, pressure-rated tank constructed with welded joints and factory-installed, butyl-rubber diaphragm. Include air precharge to minimum system-operating pressure at tank.

B.

Construction: 150-psig working-pressure rating.

C.

Tappings: Factory-fabricated steel, welded to tank before testing and labeling. ASME B1.20.1, pipe thread.

D.

Tank Interior Finish: Materials and thicknesses complying with NSF 61, barrier materials for potable-water tank linings. Extend finish into and through tank fittings and outlets.

E.

Tank Exterior Finish: Manufacturer's standard, unless finish is indicated.

F.

Air-Charging Valve: Factory installed.

2.4

Include

WATER HEATER ACCESSORIES A.

Combination Temperature and Pressure Relief Valves: According to the following: 1. 2.

B.

Pressure Relief Valves: According to the following: 1.

C.

Gas Water Heaters: ANSI Z21.22, combination temperature and pressure relief valve. Option: Separate temperature and pressure relief valves are acceptable instead of combination relief valve.

Gas Water Heaters: ANSI Z21.22 pressure relief valve for storage tanks of 200,000 Btuh.

Vacuum Relief Valves: According to the following: 1. 2.

Gas Water Heaters: ANSI Z21.22. Exception: Omit if water heater has integral vacuum-relieving device.

D.

Gas Shutoff Valves: ANSI Z21.15, manually operated. Furnish for installation in piping.

E.

Gas Pressure Regulators: ANSI Z21.18, appliance type, factory or field installed. Include pressure rating, capacity, and pressure differential required for water heater and gas supply.

F.

Drain Pans: Corrosion-resistant metal with raised edge. Include dimensions not less than base of water heater and include drain outlet not less than NPS 3/4.

G.

Piping Manifold Kits: Water heater manufacturer's factory-fabricated inlet and outlet piping arrangement for multiple-unit installation. Include piping and valves for field assembly that is capable of isolating each water heater and of providing balanced flow through each water heater.

H.

Piping-Type Heat Traps: Field-fabricated piping arrangement according to ASHRAE 90.1 or ASHRAE 90.2.

FUEL-FIRED DOMESTIC WATER HEATERS

15486-4

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

2013-13

12/2013

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

CONCRETE BASES A.

3.2

Install concrete bases that extend 6” beyond the perimeter of the equipment. WATER HEATER INSTALLATION

A.

Install commercial water heaters on concrete bases.

B.

Install water heaters, level and plumb, according to layout drawings, original design, and referenced standards. Maintain manufacturer's recommended clearances. Arrange units so controls and devices needing service are accessible.

C.

Anchor water heaters to substrate.

D.

Install and connect gas water heaters according to NFPA 54. 1. 2.

Install appliance, gas pressure regulators on gas-burner inlets of water heaters without pressure regulators. Install vent piping from gas-train pressure regulators and valves to outside of building where required. Terminate vent piping with brass-screened vent cap fitting. Do not combine vents except with approval of authorities having jurisdiction.

E.

Install temperature and pressure relief valves in top portion of storage tanks. Use relief valves with sensing elements that extend into tanks. Extend relief valve outlet with water piping in continuous downward pitch and discharge onto closest floor drain.

F.

Install vacuum relief valves in cold-water-inlet piping.

G.

Install water heater drain piping as indirect waste to spill into open drains or over floor drains. Install hose-end drain valves at low points in water piping for water heaters that do not have tank drains.

H.

Install thermometers on water heater inlet and outlet piping.

I.

Install pressure gages on water heater piping.

J.

Assemble and install inlet and outlet piping manifold kits for multiple water heaters. Fabricate, modify, or arrange manifolds for balanced water flow through each water heater. Include shutoff valve, and thermometer in each water heater inlet and outlet, and throttling valve in each water heater outlet.

K.

Arrange for insulation on equipment and piping not furnished with factory-applied insulation.

L.

Install piping-type heat traps on inlet and outlet piping of water heater storage tanks without integral or fitting-type heat traps.

M.

Fill water heaters with water.

FUEL-FIRED DOMESTIC WATER HEATERS

15486-5

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

N. 3.3

2013-13

12/2013

Charge compression tanks with air. CONNECTIONS

A.

Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties.

B.

Install piping adjacent to machine to allow service and maintenance.

C.

Connect hot- and cold-water piping with shutoff valves and unions. circulating piping with shutoff valve, check valve, and union.

D.

Connect gas piping to gas burner with drip leg, tee, shutoff valve, and union; minimum size same as inlet connection.

E.

Make connections with dielectric fittings where piping is made of dissimilar metal.

F.

Gas, Water Heater Vent Connections: Connect to vent system. Include draft hoods and diverters where required. Use vents same size as or larger than water heater outlets, but not smaller than indicated unless smaller vent size has been calculated according to NFPA 54. Comply with the manufacturer’s requirements for sizing.

G.

Electrical Connections: Power wiring and disconnect switches are specified in Division 16 Sections. Arrange wiring to allow unit service.

H.

Ground equipment. 1.

3.4

Connect hot-water-

Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torquetightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B.

FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.

Engage a factory-authorized service representative to perform startup service.

B.

In addition to manufacturer's written installation and startup checks, perform the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment and retest until satisfactory results are achieved. Verify that piping system tests are complete. Check for piping connection leaks. Check for clear relief valve inlets, outlets, and drain piping. Check operation of circulators. Test operation of safety controls, relief valves, and devices. Energize electric circuits. Adjust operating controls. Adjust hot-water-outlet temperature settings. Do not set above 125 deg F unless piping system application requires higher temperature. Balance water flow through manifolds of multiple-unit installations.

FUEL-FIRED DOMESTIC WATER HEATERS

15486-6

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

3.5

2013-13

12/2013

DEMONSTRATION A.

Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain water heaters. 1. 2. 3. 4.

Train Owner's maintenance personnel on procedures for starting and stopping troubleshooting, servicing, and maintaining equipment. Review data in maintenance manuals. Review date in maintenance manuals. Schedule training with Owner, through Architect, with at least seven days' advance notice.

END OF SECTION

FUEL-FIRED DOMESTIC WATER HEATERS

15486-7

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

2013-13

12/2013

SECTION 15731 - PACKAGED TERMINAL AIR CONDITIONERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

RELATED DOCUMENTS A.

1.2

Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY

A.

Section includes packaged terminal air conditioners and their accessories and controls, in the following configurations: 1. 2. 3.

1.3

Through-the-wall air conditioners. Cooling-only units. Cooling units with electric heat.

ACTION SUBMITTALS A.

Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, furnished specialties, electrical characteristics, and accessories.

B.

Shop Drawings: For packaged terminal air conditioners. Include plans, elevations, sections, details for wall penetrations, and attachments to other work. 1.

2. C.

1.4

Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. Wiring Diagrams: For power, signal, and control wiring.

Color Samples: For unit cabinet, discharge grille, and exterior louver, and for each color and texture specified. INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A.

Product Test Reports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency, for packaged terminal air conditioners.

B.

Field quality-control reports.

C.

Warranty: Sample of special warranty.

PACKAGED TERMINAL AIR CONDITIONERS

15731 - 1

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

1.5

2013-13

12/2013

CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A.

1.6

Operation and Maintenance Data: For packaged terminal air conditioners to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. QUALITY ASSURANCE

A.

Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application.

B.

ASHRAE Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE 62.1, Section 4 - "Outdoor Air Quality," Section 5 - "Systems and Equipment," Section 6 - "Ventilation Rate Procedures," and Section 7 - "Construction and Startup."

C.

ASHRAE/IESNA Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1.

1.7

COORDINATION A.

1.8

Coordinate layout and installation of packaged terminal air conditioners and wall construction with other construction that penetrates walls or is supported by them. WARRANTY

A.

Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of packaged terminal air conditioners that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. 2.

3.

Warranty Period for Sealed Refrigeration System: Manufacturer's standard, but not less than five years from date of Substantial Completion, including components and labor. Warranty Period for Nonsealed System Parts: Manufacturer's standard, but not less than five years from date of Substantial Completion, including only components and excluding labor. Warranty Period for Heat Exchangers: Manufacturer's standard, but not less than five years from date of Substantial Completion.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

MANUFACTURERS A.

Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product indicated on Drawings or comparable product by one of the following: 1. 2. 3.

Carrier Corporation; a United Technologies company. General Electric Company; GE Consumer & Industrial - Appliances. Trane; a business of American Standard Companies.

PACKAGED TERMINAL AIR CONDITIONERS

15731 - 2

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

2.2

2013-13

12/2013

MANUFACTURED UNITS A.

2.3

Description: Factory-assembled and -tested, self-contained, packaged terminal air conditioner with room cabinet, electric refrigeration system, heating, and temperature controls; fully charged with refrigerant and filled with oil; with hardwired chassis. CHASSIS

A.

Cabinet: 0.052-inch-thick steel with removable front panel with concealed latches. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.

B.

Mounting: Wall with wall sleeve. Discharge Grille: Punched-louver discharge grille allowing four-way discharge-air pattern. Louvers: Extruded aluminum with enamel finish; white color. Finish: Epoxy coating. Access Door: Hinged door in top of cabinet for access to controls. Cabinet Extension: Matching cabinet in construction and finish, allowing diversion of airflow to adjoining room; with grille. Finish of Interior Surfaces: Surfaces in contact with the airstream shall comply with requirements in ASHRAE 62.1. Wall Sleeves: Galvanized steel with polyester finish.

Refrigeration System: Direct-expansion indoor coil with capillary restrictor, TXV, or electronic expansion valve; and hermetically sealed scroll compressor with vibration isolation and overload protection. 1. 2. 3. 4.

Indoor and Outdoor Coils: Seamless copper tubes mechanically expanded into aluminum fins. Accumulator. Constant-pressure expansion valve. Charge: R-410A.

C.

Indoor Fan: Forward curved, centrifugal; with motor and positive-pressure ventilation damper with concealed manual operator.

D.

Filters: Washable polyurethane in molded plastic frame.

E.

Condensate Drain: Drain pan to direct condensate to outdoor coil for re-evaporation. 1.

F.

Comply with ASHRAE 62.1 for drain pan construction and connections.

Outdoor Fan: Forward curved, centrifugal or propeller type with separate motor. 1.

Indoor and Outdoor Fan Motors: Two speed; comply with NEMA designation, temperature rating, service factor, enclosure type, and efficiency requirements for motors. a. b.

Fan Motors: Permanently lubricated split capacitor. Motor Sizes: Minimum size as indicated. If not indicated, large enough so driven load will not require motor to operate in service factor range above 1.0.

PACKAGED TERMINAL AIR CONDITIONERS

15731 - 3

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

c.

2.4

2013-13

12/2013

Controllers, Electrical Devices, and Wiring: Comply with requirements for electrical devices and connections specified in electrical Sections.

HEATING A.

2.5

Electric-Resistance Heating Coil: Nickel-chromium-wire, electric-resistance heating elements with contactor and high-temperature-limit switch. CONTROLS

A.

Control Module: Unit-mounted digital panel with touchpad temperature control and with touchpad for heating, cooling, and fan operation. Include the following features: 1. 2.

B. 2.6

Low Ambient Lockout Control: Prevents cooling-cycle operation below 40 deg F outdoor air temperature. Temperature-Limit Control: Prevents occupant from exceeding preset setup temperature.

Outdoor Air: Manual intake damper. SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL

A.

Sound-Power Level Ratings: Factory test to comply with ARI 300, "Sound Rating and Sound Transmission Loss of Packaged Terminal Equipment."

B.

Unit Performance Ratings: Factory test to comply with ARI 310/380/CSA C744, "Packaged Terminal Air-Conditioners and Heat Pumps."

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

INSTALLATION A.

Install units level and plumb, maintaining manufacturer's recommended clearances and tolerances.

B.

Install wall sleeves in finished wall assembly; seal and weatherproof. Joint-sealant materials and applications are specified in Section 07920 "Joint Sealants."

3.2

CONNECTIONS A.

3.3

Install piping adjacent to machine to allow service and maintenance. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A.

Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect, test, and adjust components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections.

PACKAGED TERMINAL AIR CONDITIONERS

15731 - 4

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

B.

2013-13

12/2013

Tests and Inspections: 1. 2. 3. 4.

Inspect for and remove shipping bolts, blocks, and tie-down straps. After installing packaged terminal air conditioners and after electrical circuitry has been energized, test for compliance with requirements. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper motor rotation and unit operation. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment.

C.

Packaged terminal air conditioners will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections.

D.

Prepare test and inspection reports.

3.4

STARTUP SERVICE A.

Engage a factory-authorized service representative to perform startup service.

B.

After installation, verify the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

Unit is level on base and is flashed in exterior wall. Unit casing has no visible damage. Compressor, air-cooled condenser coil, and fans have no visible damage. Labels are clearly visible. Controls are connected and operable. Shipping bolts, blocks, and tie-down straps are removed. Filters are installed and clean. Drain pan and drain line are installed correctly. Electrical wiring installation complies with manufacturer's submittal and installation requirements in electrical Sections. Installation. Perform startup checks according to manufacturer's written instructions, including the following: a. b.

C. 3.5

Lubricate bearings on fan. Check fan-wheel rotation for correct direction without vibration and binding.

After startup service and performance test, change filters. ADJUSTING

A.

Adjust initial temperature set points.

B.

Set field-adjustable switches and circuit-breaker trip ranges as indicated.

3.6

DEMONSTRATION A.

Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain packaged terminal air conditioners.

PACKAGED TERMINAL AIR CONDITIONERS

15731 - 5

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

2013-13

12/2013

END OF SECTION

PACKAGED TERMINAL AIR CONDITIONERS

15731 - 6

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

2013-13

12/2013

SECTION 15732 – ROOFTOP UNIT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

RELATED DOCUMENTS A.

1.2

Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY

A.

This Section includes the following rooftop air conditioners: 1.

1.3

Cooling and heating units 7-1/2 tons and smaller.

SUBMITTALS A.

Product Data: Include manufacturer's technical data for each model indicated, including rated capacities, dimensions, required clearances, characteristics, furnished specialties, and accessories.

B.

Field quality-control test reports.

C.

Operation and Maintenance Data: For rooftop air conditioners.

D.

Warranties: Special warranties specified in this Section.

1.4

QUALITY ASSURANCE A.

Product Options: Drawings indicate size, profiles, and dimensional requirements of rooftop air conditioners and are based on the specific system indicated.

B.

Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use.

C.

Fabricate and label refrigeration system to comply with ASHRAE 15, "Safety Code for Mechanical Refrigeration."

D.

Comply with NFPA 54 for gas-fired furnace section.

E.

ARI Certification: Units shall be ARI certified and listed.

ROOFTOP UNITS

15732-1

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

F.

12/2013

ARI Compliance for Units with Capacities Less Than 135,000 Btuh: Rate rooftop airconditioner capacity according to ARI 210/240, "Unitary Air-Conditioning and Air-Source Heat Pump Equipment." 1.

1.5

2013-13

Sound Power Level Ratings: Comply with ARI 270, "Sound Rating of Outdoor Unitary Equipment."

COORDINATION A.

Coordinate installation of roof curbs, equipment supports, and roof penetrations.

B.

Coordinate size, location, and installation of rooftop air-conditioner manufacturer's roof curbs and equipment supports with roof installer.

1.6

WARRANTY A.

Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to replace components of rooftop air conditioners that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. 2. 3. 4.

1.7

Warranty Period for Compressors: Manufacturer's standard, but not less than five years from date of Substantial Completion. Warranty Period for Heat Exchangers: Manufacturer's standard, but not less than 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. Warranty Period for Solid-State Ignition Modules: Manufacturer's standard, but not less than three years from date of Substantial Completion. Warranty Period for Control Boards: Manufacturer's standard, but not less than three years from date of Substantial Completion.

EXTRA MATERIALS A.

Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. 2.

Fan Belts: One set for each belt-drive fan. Filters: One set of filters for each unit (Filters shall be provide during initial installation, for TAB, after substantial completion, and one extra set).

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

MANUFACTURERS A.

In other Part 2 articles where subparagraph titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply for product selection: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the manufacturers specified.

ROOFTOP UNITS

15732-2

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

2.2

2013-13

12/2013

ROOFTOP AIR CONDITIONERS 7-1/2 TONS AND SMALLER A.

Manufacturers: 1. Trane Company. 2. YORK International Corporation. (OTHER MANUFACTURERS MUST BE APPROVED BY COCA COLA AND THE ENGINEER OF RECORD PRIOR TO BID SUBMISSIONS)

B.

Description: Factory assembled and tested; designed for exterior installation; consisting of compressor, indoor and outside refrigerant coils, indoor fan and outside coil fan, direct expansion refrigeration system, temperature controls, filters, and dampers and smoke detection systems.

C.

Casing: Galvanized-steel construction with enamel paint finish, removable panels or access doors with neoprene gaskets for inspection and access to internal parts, minimum 1-inch- thick thermal insulation, knockouts for electrical and piping connections, exterior condensate drain connection, and lifting lugs.

D.

Indoor Fan: Forward curved, centrifugal, directly driven by multispeed motor or belt driven by single-speed motor, as indicated.

E.

Outside Coil Fan: Propeller type, directly driven by motor.

F.

Refrigerant Coils: Aluminum-plate fin and seamless copper tube in steel casing with equalizing-type vertical distributor.

G.

Compressor: Hermetic scroll compressor with integral vibration isolators, internal overcurrent and overtemperature protection, internal pressure relief, and crankcase heater.

H.

Refrigeration System: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11.

Compressor. Outside coil and fan. Indoor coil and fan. Expansion valve with replaceable thermostatic element. Refrigerant dryer. High-pressure switch. Low-pressure switch. Thermostat for coil freeze-up protection during low-ambient temperature operation or loss of air. Low-ambient switch. Brass service valves installed in discharge and liquid lines. Charge of refrigerant.

I.

Filters: 2-inch- thick, pleated, throwaway filters in filter rack.

J.

Heat Exchanger: Stainless-steel construction for natural-gas-fired burners with the following controls: 1. 2.

Redundant single or dual gas valve with manual shutoff. Direct-spark pilot ignition.

ROOFTOP UNITS

15732-3

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

3. 4. 5.

2013-13

12/2013

Electronic flame sensor. Induced-draft blower. Flame rollout switch.

K.

Outside-Air/Economizer Damper: Linked damper blades, for 0 to 100 percent outside/return air, with motorized damper actuation and hood. Provide factory economizer controls as required for economizer activation based on dry-bulb temperature. Provide with barometric relief dampers.

L.

Power Connection: Provide for single connection of power to unit with control-circuit transformer with built-in circuit breaker.

M.

Unit Controls: Solid-state control board and components contain at least the following features: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13.

N.

Indoor fan on/off delay. Default control to ensure proper operation after power interruption. Service relay output. Unit diagnostics and diagnostic code storage. Field-adjustable control parameters. Gas valve delay between first- and second-stage firing. Low-ambient control, allowing operation down to 0 deg F. (refer to schedule for units requiring this type of control) Minimum run time. Night setback mode (cooling and heating). Return-air temperature limit. Smoke alarm with smoke detector installed in supply and return air. Low-refrigerant pressure control. Anti-recycle timer safety for the compressor (5 minute delay)

Programmable Thermostat: Programmable, electronic; with heating setback (55 degrees F) and cooling setup (85 degrees F) with seven-day programming; and the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.

Touch sensitive keyboard. Automatic switching with 5 degree F. deadband between the heating and cooling modes. Deg F readout. LCD readout screen. Hour/day programming. Manual override capability (2 hours). Time and operational mode readout. Status indicator. 10 hours battery backup.

O.

Accessories: 1. Hail guards of steel, painted to match casing.

P.

Roof Curb: Steel with corrosion-protection coating, gasketing, 2” of rigid R-8 insulation, built in cant to match roof slope and factory-installed wood nailer; complying with NRCA standards; minimum height of 14 inches.

Q.

Economizer: Provide factory economizer with associated controls.

ROOFTOP UNITS

15732-4

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

R.

2.5

2013-13

12/2013

Energy Efficiency Rating: The unit shall have an SEER/EER rating to meet the minimum of the energy code. MOTORS

A.

Motor Sizes: Minimum size as indicated; if not indicated, large enough so driven load will not require motor to operate in service factor range above 1.0. All motor starters/variable frequency drives shall be provided with the mechanical equipment.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

INSTALLATION A.

Install units level and plumb, maintaining manufacturer's recommended clearances.

B.

Curb Support: Install roof curb on roof structure, level and secure. Install and secure rooftop air conditioners on curbs and coordinate roof penetrations and flashing with roof construction. Secure units to curb support with anchor bolts.

3.2

CONNECTIONS A.

Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties.

B.

Install piping adjacent to machine to allow service and maintenance. 1.

C.

Gas Piping: Connect gas piping to burner, full size of gas train inlet, and connect with union and shutoff valve with sufficient clearance for burner removal and service.

Drawings indicate the general arrangement of ducts. The following are specific connection requirements: 1. 2. 3. 4.

Install ducts to termination in roof curb. Remove roof decking only as required for passage of ducts. Do not cut out decking under entire roof curb. Connect supply and return ducts to rooftop unit with flexible duct. Each rooftop unit shall have an acoustical dampening system installed inside the roof curb. The dampening system shall consist of a sheet of 5/8” gypsum board over the roof structure with a layer of 6” batt insulation on top of the gypsum board. A second layer of ¼” gypsum board and 6” batt insulation shall be capped with a layer of ½” gypsum board. All of these layer shall fit closely to the roof curb and the supply and return ducts. After the acoustical dampening system is installed the rooftop unit shall be set in place.

D.

Electrical System Connections: Comply with applicable requirements in Division 16 Sections for power wiring, switches, and motor controls.

E.

Ground equipment according to Division 16 Sections.

ROOFTOP UNITS

15732-5

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

F.

3.3

2013-13

12/2013

Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torquetightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A.

Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect field-assembled components and equipment installation, including connections, and to assist in field testing. Report results in writing.

B.

Perform the following field quality-control tests and inspections and prepare test reports: 1. 2. 3. 4.

C. 3.4

After installing rooftop air conditioners and after electrical circuitry has been energized, test units for compliance with requirements. Inspect for and remove shipping bolts, blocks, and tie-down straps. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper motor rotation and unit operation. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment.

Remove malfunctioning units, replace with new units, and retest as specified above. STARTUP SERVICE

A.

Engage a factory-authorized service representative to perform startup service.

B.

Complete installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written instructions and do the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17.

Inspect for visible damage to unit casing. Inspect for visible damage to furnace combustion chamber. Inspect for visible damage to compressor, air-cooled outside coil, and fans. Inspect internal insulation. Verify that labels are clearly visible. Verify that clearances have been provided for servicing. Verify that controls are connected and operable. Verify that filters are installed. Clean outside coil and inspect for construction debris. Clean furnace flue and inspect for construction debris. Connect and purge gas line. Adjust vibration isolators. Inspect operation of barometric dampers. Lubricate bearings on fan. Inspect fan-wheel rotation for movement in correct direction without vibration and binding. Adjust fan belts to proper alignment and tension. Start unit according to manufacturer's written instructions. a.

ROOFTOP UNITS

Start refrigeration system in summer only.

15732-6

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

b. 18. 19. 20.

26.

3.5

3.6

Measure gas pressure on manifold. Measure combustion-air temperature at inlet to combustion chamber. Measure flue-gas temperature at furnace discharge. Measure supply-air temperature and volume when burner is at maximum firing rate and when burner is off. Calculate useful heat to supply air.

Coil leaving-air, dry- and wet-bulb temperatures. Coil entering-air, dry- and wet-bulb temperatures. Outside-air, dry-bulb temperature. Outside-air-coil, discharge-air, dry-bulb temperature.

Inspect controls for correct sequencing of heating, mixing dampers, refrigeration, and normal and emergency shutdown. Measure and record the following minimum and maximum airflows. Plot fan volumes on fan curve. a. b. c. d.

27.

Complete startup sheets and attach copy with Contractor's startup report.

Calibrate thermostats. Adjust and inspect high-temperature limits. Inspect outside-air dampers for proper stroke and interlock with return-air dampers. Start refrigeration system and measure and record the following: a. b. c. d.

25.

12/2013

Inspect and record performance of interlocks and protective devices; verify sequences. Operate unit for an initial period as recommended or required by manufacturer. Perform the following operations for both minimum and maximum firing and adjust burner for peak efficiency. a. b. c. d.

21. 22. 23. 24.

2013-13

Supply-air volume. Return-air volume. Relief-air volume. Outside-air intake volume.

After startup and performance testing, change filters, vacuum heat exchanger and cooling and outside coils, lubricate bearings, adjust belt tension, and inspect operation of power vents.

ADJUSTING A.

Adjust initial temperature and humidity set points.

B.

Set field-adjustable switches and circuit-breaker trip ranges as indicated.

C.

Occupancy Adjustments: When requested within 12 months of date of Substantial Completion, provide on-site assistance in adjusting system to suit actual occupied conditions. Provide up to two visits to site outside normal occupancy hours for this purpose, without additional cost. DEMONSTRATION

ROOFTOP UNITS

15732-7

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

A.

2013-13

12/2013

Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain rooftop air conditioners.

END OF SECTION

ROOFTOP UNITS

15732-8

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

2013-13

12/2013

SECTION 15814 – METAL DUCTS (CV) PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

RELATED DOCUMENTS A.

1.2

Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY

A.

This Section includes metal ducts for supply, return, outside, and exhaust air-distribution systems in pressure classes from minus 2- to plus 10-inch wg. Metal ducts include the following: 1. 2.

B.

1.3

Rectangular and round spiral-seam ductwork and fittings associated with constant volume air conditioning systems shall be +/-2”wg, seal class “B” per SMACNA standards. Rectangular and round spiral-seam ductwork and fittings associated with exhaust systems shall be +/-2” wg, seal class “B” per SMACNA standards.

Not all listed materials and systems may be used for this project. required.

Use applicable items, as

DEFINITIONS A.

1.4

NUSIG: National Uniform Seismic Installation Guidelines. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

A.

1.5

Duct system design, as indicated, has been used to select size and type of air-moving and distribution equipment and other air system components. Changes to layout or configuration of duct system must be specifically approved in writing by Engineer of Record. Accompany requests for layout modifications with (to-scale) drawings and calculations showing that proposed layout will provide original design results without increasing system total pressure, noise, or causing maintenance or operational problems. SUBMITTALS

A.

Shop Drawings: 1/8-inch equals 1 foot scale. Show fabrication and installation details for metal ducts. 1.

Mechanical spaces, spaces with multiple layering of mechanical equipment, ducts, etc.

METAL DUCTS (CV)

15814-1

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. B.

4.

1.6

12/2013

Fabrication, assembly, and installation, including plans, elevations, sections, components, and attachments to other work. Duct layout indicating sizes and pressure classes. Dimensions of main duct runs from building grid lines. Fittings. Reinforcement and spacing. Seam and joint construction. Penetrations through fire-rated and other partitions. Equipment installation based on equipment being used on Project. Duct accessories, including access doors and panels. Hangers and supports, including methods for duct and building attachment, vibration isolation, and seismic restraints.

Coordination Drawings: Reflected ceiling plans, drawn to scale, on which the following items are shown and coordinated with each other, based on input from installers of the items involved: 1. 2. 3.

C.

2013-13

Ceiling suspension assembly members. Other systems installed in same space as ducts. Ceiling- and wall-mounting access doors and panels required to provide access to dampers and other operating devices. Ceiling-mounting items, including lighting fixtures, diffusers, grilles, speakers, sprinklers, access panels, and special moldings.

Field quality-control test reports. QUALITY ASSURANCE

A.

SMACNA Compliance: Follow applicable SMACNA requirements

B.

NFPA Compliance: 1. 2.

C.

NFPA 90A, "Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems." NFPA 90B, "Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning Systems."

Where a code conflict occurs, the most stringent requirement will be utilized, unless otherwise indicated.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

SHEET METAL MATERIALS A.

Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible" for acceptable materials, material thicknesses, and duct construction methods, unless otherwise indicated. Sheet metal materials shall be free of pitting, seam marks, roller marks, stains, discolorations, and other imperfections.

METAL DUCTS (CV)

15814-2

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

2013-13

12/2013

B.

Galvanized Sheet Steel: Lock-forming quality; complying with ASTM A 653/A 653M and having G60 coating designation; ducts shall have mill-phosphatized finish for surfaces exposed to view and as indicated for painted applications.

C.

Reinforcement Shapes and Plates: galvanized sheet metal ducts.

D.

Tie Rods: Galvanized steel, 1/4-inch minimum diameter for lengths 36 inches or less; 3/8-inch minimum diameter for lengths longer than 36 inches.

2.2

Galvanized-steel reinforcement where installed on

SEALANT MATERIALS A.

Joint and Seam Sealants, General: The term "sealant" is not limited to materials of adhesive or mastic nature but includes tapes and combinations of open-weave fabric strips and mastics. All materials and applications shall comply with UL181A or UL181B in addition to the information listed below.

B.

Joint and Seam Tape: 2 inches wide; glass-fiber-reinforced fabric.

C.

Tape Sealing System: Woven-fiber tape impregnated with gypsum mineral compound and modified acrylic/silicone activator to react exothermically with tape to form hard, durable, airtight seal.

D.

Water-Based Joint and Seam Sealant: Flexible, adhesive sealant, resistant to UV light when cured, UL 723 listed, and complying with NFPA requirements for Class 1 ducts.

E.

Solvent-Based Joint and Seam Sealant: One-part, nonsag, solvent-release-curing, polymerized butyl sealant formulated with a minimum of 75 percent solids.

F.

Flanged Joint Mastic: One-part, acid-curing, silicone, elastomeric joint sealant complying with ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Use O.

G.

Flange Gaskets: Butyl rubber or EPDM polymer with polyisobutylene plasticizer.

2.3

HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A.

Building Attachments: Concrete inserts, powder-actuated fasteners, or structural-steel fasteners appropriate for construction materials to which hangers are being attached. 1. 2.

B.

Use powder-actuated concrete fasteners only in standard-weight aggregate slabs of at least 4 inches thick. Exception: Do not use powder-actuated concrete fasteners for lightweight-aggregate concretes.

Hanger Materials: Galvanized sheet steel or threaded steel rod. 1.

Hangers Installed in Corrosive Atmospheres: Electrogalvanized, all-thread rods or galvanized rods with threads painted with zinc-chromate primer after installation.

METAL DUCTS (CV)

15814-3

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

2. 3.

12/2013

Strap and Rod Sizes: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards-Metal and Flexible" for steel sheet width and thickness and for steel rod diameters. Galvanized-steel straps attached to aluminum ducts shall have contact surfaces painted with zinc-chromate primer.

C.

Duct Attachments: Sheet metal screws, blind rivets, or self-tapping metal screws; compatible with duct materials.

D.

Trapeze and Riser Supports: Steel shapes complying with ASTM A 36/A 36M. 1.

2.4

Supports for Galvanized-Steel Ducts: Galvanized-steel shapes and plates.

RECTANGULAR DUCT FABRICATION A.

Fabricate ducts, elbows, transitions, offsets, branch connections, and other construction according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible" and complying with requirements for metal thickness, reinforcing types and intervals, tie-rod applications, and joint types and intervals. 1. 2.

B.

Lengths: Fabricate rectangular ducts in lengths appropriate to reinforcement and rigidity class required for pressure class. Deflection: Duct systems shall not exceed deflection limits according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible."

Transverse Joints: Prefabricated slide-on joints and components constructed using manufacturer's guidelines for material thickness, reinforcement size and spacing, and joint reinforcement. 1.

Manufacturers: a. b. c.

C.

Manufacturers: a. b.

2. 3. D.

Ductmate Industries, Inc. Nexus Inc. Ward Industries, Inc.

Formed-On Flanges: Construct according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible," Figure 1-4, using corner, bolt, cleat, and gasket details. 1.

2.5

2013-13

Ductmate Industries, Inc. Lockformer.

Duct Size: Maximum 30 inches wide and up to 2-inch wg pressure class. Longitudinal Seams: Pittsburgh lock sealed with noncuring polymer sealant.

Cross Breaking or Cross Beading: Cross break or cross bead duct sides 19 inches and larger and 0.0359 inch thick or less, with more than 10 sq. ft. of nonbraced panel area. ROUND DUCT AND FITTING FABRICATION

METAL DUCTS (CV)

15814-4

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

2013-13

12/2013

A.

Round, Spiral Lock-Seam Ducts: Fabricate supply ducts of galvanized steel according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible."

B.

Duct Joints: 1. 2. 3.

Ducts up to 20 Inches in Diameter: Interior, center-beaded slip coupling, sealed before and after fastening, attached with sheet metal screws. Ducts 21 to 72 Inches in Diameter: Three-piece, gasketed, flanged joint consisting of two internal flanges with sealant and one external closure band with gasket. Ducts Larger Than 72 Inches in Diameter: Companion angle flanged joints per SMACNA "HVAC Duct Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible," Figure 3-2.

C.

90-Degree Tees and Laterals and Conical Tees: Fabricate to comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible," with metal thicknesses specified for longitudinal-seam straight ducts.

D.

Diverging-Flow Fittings: Fabricate with reduced entrance to branch taps and with no excess material projecting from fitting onto branch tap entrance.

E.

Fabricate elbows using die-formed, gored, pleated, or mitered construction. Bend radius of dieformed, gored, and pleated elbows shall be 1-1/2 times duct diameter. Unless elbow construction type is indicated, fabricate elbows as follows: 1.

2.

Mitered-Elbow Radius and Number of Pieces: Welded construction complying with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible," unless otherwise indicated. Round Mitered Elbows: Welded construction with the following metal thickness for pressure classes from minus 2- to plus 2-inch wg: a. b. c. d.

3.

4.

5.

6. 7. 8.

Ducts 3 to 36 Inches in Diameter: 0.034 inch. Ducts 37 to 50 Inches in Diameter: 0.040 inch. Ducts 52 to 60 Inches in Diameter: 0.052 inch. Ducts 62 to 84 Inches in Diameter: 0.064 inch.

90-Degree, 2-Piece, Mitered Elbows: Use only for supply systems or for materialhandling Class A or B exhaust systems and only where space restrictions do not permit using radius elbows. Fabricate with single-thickness turning vanes. Round Elbows 8 Inches and Less in Diameter: Fabricate die-formed elbows for 45- and 90-degree elbows and pleated elbows for 30, 45, 60, and 90 degrees only. Fabricate nonstandard bend-angle configurations or nonstandard diameter elbows with gored construction. Round Elbows 9 through 14 Inches in Diameter: Fabricate gored or pleated elbows for 30, 45, 60, and 90 degrees unless space restrictions require mitered elbows. Fabricate nonstandard bend-angle configurations or nonstandard diameter elbows with gored construction. Round Elbows Larger Than 14 Inches in Diameter: Fabricate gored elbows unless space restrictions require mitered elbows. Die-Formed Elbows for Sizes through 8 Inches in Diameter and All Pressures 0.040 inch thick with 2-piece welded construction. Round Gored-Elbow Metal Thickness: Same as non-elbow fittings specified above.

METAL DUCTS (CV)

15814-5

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

9.

2013-13

12/2013

Pleated Elbows for Sizes through 14 Inches in Diameter and Pressures through 10-Inch wg: 0.022 inch.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

DUCT INSTALLATION A.

Construct and install ducts according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards-Metal and Flexible," unless otherwise indicated.

B.

Install ducts with fewest possible joints.

C.

Install fabricated fittings for changes in directions, size, and shape and for connections.

D.

Install couplings tight to duct wall surface with a minimum of projections into duct. Secure couplings with sheet metal screws. Install screws at intervals of 12 inches, with a minimum of 3 screws in each coupling.

E.

Install ducts, unless otherwise indicated, vertically and horizontally and parallel and perpendicular to building lines; avoid diagonal runs.

F.

Install ducts close to walls, overhead construction, columns, and other structural and permanent enclosure elements of building.

G.

Install ducts with a clearance of 1 inch, plus allowance for insulation thickness.

H.

Conceal ducts from view in finished spaces. Do not encase horizontal runs in solid partitions unless specifically indicated.

I.

Coordinate layout with suspended ceiling, fire- and smoke-control dampers, lighting layouts, and similar finished work.

J.

Seal all joints and seams. Apply sealant to male end connectors before insertion, and afterward to cover entire joint and sheet metal screws.

K.

Electrical Equipment Spaces: Do not route ducts through or over transformer vaults and electrical equipment spaces and enclosures.

L.

Non-Fire-Rated Partition Penetrations: Where ducts pass through interior partitions and exterior walls and are exposed to view, conceal spaces between construction openings and ducts or duct insulation with sheet metal flanges of same metal thickness as ducts. Overlap openings on 4 sides by at least 1-1/2 inches.

M.

Fire-Rated Partition Penetrations: Where ducts pass through interior partitions and exterior walls, install appropriately rated fire dampers, sleeves, and firestopping sealant.

N.

Protect duct interiors from the elements and foreign materials until building is enclosed.

METAL DUCTS (CV)

15814-6

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

O.

3.2

2013-13

12/2013

Paint interiors of metal ducts at grilles and registers, etc. (that do not have duct liner), as required, to prevent occupant vision of “bright” metal. Apply one coat of flat, black, latex finish coat over a compatible galvanized-steel primer. SEAM AND JOINT SEALING

A.

Seal duct seams and joints according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards-Metal and Flexible" for duct pressure class indicated and as listed previously in this specification section.

B.

Seal ducts before external insulation is applied.

3.3

HANGING AND SUPPORTING A.

Support horizontal ducts within 24 inches of each elbow and within 48 inches of each branch intersection.

B.

Support vertical ducts at maximum intervals of 16 feet and at each floor.

C.

Install upper attachments to structures with an allowable load not exceeding one-fourth of failure (proof-test) load.

D.

Install concrete inserts before placing concrete.

E.

Install powder-actuated concrete fasteners after concrete is placed and completely cured. 1.

3.4

Do not use powder-actuated concrete fasteners for lightweight-aggregate concretes or for slabs less than 4 inches thick.

CONNECTIONS A.

Make connections to equipment with flexible connectors.

B.

Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible" for branch, outlet and inlet, and terminal unit connections.

3.5

CLEANING NEW SYSTEMS A.

Mark position of dampers and air-directional mechanical devices before cleaning, and perform cleaning before air balancing.

B.

Clean the following metal duct systems by removing surface contaminants and deposits: 1. 2.

Air outlets and inlets (registers, grilles, and diffusers). Supply, return, and exhaust fans including fan housings, plenums (except ceiling supply and return plenums), scrolls, blades or vanes, shafts, baffles, dampers, and drive assemblies.

METAL DUCTS (CV)

15814-7

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

3.

4. 5. 6. C.

2013-13

12/2013

Air-handling unit internal surfaces and components including mixing box, coil section, air wash systems, spray eliminators, condensate drain pans, humidifiers and dehumidifiers, filters and filter sections, and condensate collectors and drains. Coils and related components. Return-air ducts, dampers, and actuators except in ceiling plenums and mechanical equipment rooms. Supply-air ducts, dampers, actuators, and turning vanes.

Cleanliness Verification: 1. 2.

Visually inspect metal ducts for contaminants. Where contaminants are discovered, re-clean and reinspect ducts.

END OF SECTION

METAL DUCTS (CV)

15814-8

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

2013-13

12/2013

SECTION 15838 – POWER VENTILATORS PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 A.

1.2

RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

SUMMARY

A.

All starters and controls shall be furnished with fans. Coordinate with Electrical for installation.

B.

This Section includes the following: 1. Centrifugal roof ventilators. 2. Upblast propeller roof exhaust fans. 3. Ceiling-mounting ventilators.

1.3

PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A.

Project Altitude: Base air ratings on actual site elevations.

B.

Operating Limits: Classify according to AMCA 99.

1.4 A.

SUBMITTALS Product Data: Include rated capacities, furnished specialties, and accessories for each type of product indicated and include the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

B.

Certified fan performance curves with system operating conditions indicated. Certified fan sound-power ratings. Motor ratings and electrical characteristics, plus motor and electrical accessories. Material gages and finishes, including color charts. Dampers, including housings, linkages, and operators.

Shop Drawings: Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. 1. 2.

Wiring Diagrams: Power, signal, and control wiring. Differentiate between manufacturer-installed and field-installed wiring. Vibration Isolation Details: Detail fabrication, including anchorages and attachments to structure and to supported equipment. Include auxiliary motor slides and rails, and base weights.

POWER VENTILATORS

15840 - 1

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

C.

12/2013

Coordination Drawings: Show roof and/or wall penetration requirements and reflected ceiling plans drawn to scale and coordinating roof penetrations and units mounted above ceiling. Show the following: 1. 2. 3.

1.5

2013-13

Roof framing and support members relative to duct penetrations. Ceiling suspension assembly members. Wall framing and support members relative to duct penetrations

QUALITY ASSURANCE

A.

Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use.

B.

AMCA Compliance: Products shall comply with performance requirements and shall be licensed to use the AMCA-Certified Ratings Seal.

C.

NEMA Compliance: Motors and electrical accessories shall comply with NEMA standards.

D.

UL Standard: Power ventilators shall comply with UL 705.

1.6

DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A.

Deliver fans as factory-assembled unit, to the extent allowable by shipping limitations, with protective crating and covering.

B.

Disassemble and reassemble units, as required for moving to final location, according to manufacturer's written instructions.

C.

Lift and support units with manufacturer's designated lifting or supporting points.

1.7

COORDINATION

A.

Coordinate size and location of structural-steel support members.

B.

Coordinate installation of roof curbs, equipment supports, and roof penetrations.

1.8 A.

EXTRA MATERIALS Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1.

Belts: One set for each belt-driven unit.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

POWER VENTILATORS

15840 - 2

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

2.1

2013-13

12/2013

MANUFACTURERS A.

2.2

Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1.

Centrifugal Roof Ventilators: a. Cook, Loren Company. b. Greenheck Fan Corp. c. Penn Ventilation Companies, Inc. d. Twin City Fans

2.

Upblast Propeller Roof Exhaust Fans: a. Cook, Loren Company. b. Greenheck Fan Corp. c. Penn Ventilation Companies, Inc. d. Twin City Fans

3.

Ceiling-Mounting Ventilators: a. Cook, Loren Company. b. Greenheck Fan Corp. c. Penn Ventilation Companies, Inc. d. Twin City Fans

CENTRIFUGAL ROOF VENTILATORS

A.

Description: Belt-driven or direct-driven (refer to mechanical schedules) centrifugal fans consisting of housing, wheel, fan shaft, bearings, motor and disconnect switch, drive assembly, curb base, and accessories.

B.

Housing: Removable, spun-aluminum, dome top and outlet baffle; square, one-piece, aluminum base with venturi inlet cone. 1.

Up-blast Units: Provide spun-aluminum discharge baffle to direct discharge air upward, with rain and snow drains.

C.

Fan Wheels: Aluminum hub and wheel with backward-inclined blades.

D.

Belt-Driven Drive Assembly: Resiliently mounted to housing, with the following features: 1. 2. 3. 4.

E.

Fan Shaft: Turned, ground, and polished steel; keyed to wheel hub. Shaft Bearings: Permanently lubricated, permanently sealed, self-aligning ball bearings. Pulleys: Cast-iron, adjustable-pitch motor pulley. Fan motor and drive isolated from exhaust airstream.

Accessories: 1. 2. 3.

Variable-Speed Controller: Solid-state control to reduce speed from 100 percent to less than 50 percent. Disconnect Switch: Nonfusible type, rated for outdoor application, mounted on fan. Bird Screens: Removable, 1/2-inch mesh, aluminum or brass wire.

POWER VENTILATORS

15840 - 3

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

4. F.

12/2013

Automatic Dampers: Counterbalanced, parallel-blade, backdraft dampers mounted in curb base; factory set to close when fan stops.

Roof Curbs: Galvanized steel; mitered and welded corners; 1-1/2-inch- thick, rigid, fiberglass insulation adhered to inside walls; and 1-1/2-inch wood nailer. Size, and provide as required to suit roof opening, roof slope and fan base. 1. 2. 3. 4.

2.3

2013-13

Configuration: Built-in cant and mounting flange. Overall Height: 14 inches, minimum. Pitch Mounting: Manufacture curb for roof slope. Metal Liner: Galvanized steel.

UPBLAST PROPELLER ROOF EXHAUST FANS

A.

Description: Belt-driven or direct-driven (refer to mechanical schedules) propeller fans consisting of housing, wheel, butterfly-type discharge damper, fan shaft, bearings, motor and disconnect switch, drive assembly, curb base, and accessories. Provide ventilated, weatherproof housing for motor and drive for outdoor applications.

B.

Wind Band, Fan Housing, and Base: Reinforced and braced aluminum, containing aluminum butterfly dampers and rain trough, motor and drive assembly, and fan wheel. 1.

Damper Rods: Steel with nylon bearings.

C.

Fan Wheel: Replaceable, extruded-aluminum, airfoil blades fastened to cast-aluminum hub; factory set pitch angle of blades.

D.

Belt-Driven Drive Assembly: Resiliently mounted to housing; weatherproof housing of same material as fan housing with the following features: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

E.

Roof Curbs: Galvanized steel; mitered and welded corners; 1-1/2-inch- thick, rigid, fiberglass insulation adhered to inside walls; and 1-1/2-inch wood nailer. Size as required to suit roof opening, roof slope and fan base. 1. 2. 3. 4.

2.4

Fan Shaft: Turned, ground, and polished steel; keyed to wheel hub. Shaft Bearings: Prelubricated and sealed, self-aligning, pillow-block-type ball bearings. Pulleys: Cast-iron, adjustable-pitch motor pulley. Motor Mount: On outside of fan cabinet, adjustable base for belt tensioning. Provide belt-driven fans with factory installed belt tensioner.

Configuration: Built-in cant and mounting flange. Overall Height: 14 inches, minmum. Pitch Mounting: Manufacture curb for roof slope. Metal Liner: Galvanized steel.

CEILING-MOUNTING VENTILATORS

POWER VENTILATORS

15840 - 4

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

2013-13

12/2013

A.

Description: Centrifugal fans designed for installing in ceiling or wall or for standard ceiling mounting (with integral ceiling grille), or concealed in-line applications. Support from structure above, as required. Provide vibration isolation per manufacturer’s recommendations.

B.

Housing: Steel, lined with acoustical insulation.

C.

Fan Wheel: Centrifugal wheels directly mounted on motor shaft. Fan shrouds, motor, and fan wheel shall be removable for service.

D.

Grille: Factory painted white, aluminum, louvered grille with flange on intake and thumbscrew attachment to fan housing.

E.

Electrical Requirements: Junction box for electrical connection on housing and receptacle for motor plug-in.

F.

Accessories: 1. 2.

3. 4.

2.5

Variable-Speed Controller: Solid-state control to reduce speed from 100 percent to less than 50 percent. Manual Starter Switch: Single-pole rocker switch assembly with cover and pilot light, unless otherwise indicated (refer to mechanical and electrical sheets for additional controls). Isolation: Rubber-in-shear vibration isolators. Provide with automatic back draft damper.

MOTORS

A.

Motor Construction: NEMA MG 1, general purpose, continuous duty, Design B.

B.

Enclosure Type: Open dripproof.

2.6

SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL

A.

Sound-Power Level Ratings: Comply with AMCA 301, "Methods for Calculating Fan Sound Ratings from Laboratory Test Data." Factory test fans according to AMCA 300, "Reverberant Room Method for Sound Testing of Fans." Label fans with the AMCA-Certified Ratings Seal.

B.

Fan Performance Ratings: Establish flow rate, pressure, power, air density, speed of rotation, and efficiency by factory tests and ratings according to AMCA 210, "Laboratory Methods of Testing Fans for Rating."

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1

INSTALLATION

A.

Install power ventilators level and plumb.

B.

Secure roof-mounting fans to roof curbs with cadmium-plated hardware.

POWER VENTILATORS

15840 - 5

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

2013-13

12/2013

C.

Ceiling Units: Suspend units from structure; use steel wire or metal straps (use manufacturer’s vibration isolation kit).

D.

Install units with clearances for service and maintenance.

3.2

CONNECTIONS

A.

Duct installation and connection requirements are specified in other Division 15 Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of ducts and duct accessories. Make final duct connections with flexible connectors.

B.

Install ducts adjacent to power ventilators to allow service and maintenance.

C.

Ground equipment.

D.

Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torquetightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B.

3.3 A.

FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Equipment Startup Checks: 1. 2.

3. 4.

5. 6. 7. B.

Verify that shipping, blocking, and bracing are removed. Verify that unit is secure on mountings and supporting devices and that connections to ducts and electrical components are complete. Verify that proper thermal-overload protection is installed in motors, starters, and disconnect switches. Verify that cleaning and adjusting are complete. Disconnect fan drive from motor, verify proper motor rotation direction, and verify fan wheel free rotation and smooth bearing operation. Reconnect fan drive system, align and adjust belts, and install belt guards. Verify lubrication for bearings and other moving parts. Verify that manual and automatic volume control and fire and smoke dampers in connected ductwork systems are in fully open position. Disable automatic temperature-control operators.

Starting Procedures: 1. 2.

Energize motor and adjust fan to indicated rpm. Measure and record motor voltage and amperage.

C.

Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper motor rotation and unit operation. Remove malfunctioning units, replace with new units, and retest.

D.

Test and adjust controls and safeties. equipment.

E.

Shut unit down and reconnect automatic temperature-control operators.

POWER VENTILATORS

Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and

15840 - 6

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

2013-13

12/2013

F.

Replace fan and motor pulleys as required to achieve design airflow.

G.

Repair or replace malfunctioning units. Retest as specified above after repairs or replacements are made.

3.4

ADJUSTING

A.

Adjust damper linkages for proper damper operation.

B.

Adjust belt tension.

C.

Lubricate bearings.

3.5

CLEANING

A.

On completion of installation, internally clean fans according to manufacturer's written instructions. Remove foreign material and construction debris. Vacuum fan wheel and cabinet.

B.

After completing system installation, including outlet fitting and devices, inspect exposed finish. Remove burrs, dirt, and construction debris and repair damaged finishes.

3.6 A.

DEMONSTRATION Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain power ventilators. 1. 2. 3.

Train Owner's maintenance personnel on procedures and schedules for starting and stopping, troubleshooting, servicing, and maintaining equipment and schedules. Review data in maintenance manuals. Schedule training with Owner, through Architect, with at least seven days' advance notice.

END OF SECTION

POWER VENTILATORS

15840 - 7

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

2013-13

12/2013

SECTION 15992 – TAB FOR DX ROOFTOP SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

RELATED DOCUMENTS A.

1.2

Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY

A.

This Section includes testing, adjusting, and balancing HVAC systems to produce design objectives, including the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

1.3

Balancing airflow within distribution systems, including submains, branches, and terminals, to indicated quantities according to specified tolerances. Adjusting total HVAC systems to provide indicated quantities. Measuring electrical performance of HVAC equipment. Setting quantitative performance of HVAC equipment. Verifying that automatic control devices are functioning properly. Reporting results of the activities and procedures specified in this Section.

DEFINITIONS A.

Adjust: To regulate air patterns at the terminal equipment, such as to reduce fan speed or adjust a damper.

B.

Balance: To proportion flows within the distribution system, including submains, branches, and terminals, according to design quantities.

C.

Draft: A current of air, when referring to localized effect caused by one or more factors of high air velocity, low ambient temperature, or direction of airflow, whereby more heat is withdrawn from a person's skin than is normally dissipated.

D.

Procedure: An approach to and execution of a sequence of work operations to yield repeatable results.

E.

Report Forms: Test data sheets for recording test data in logical order.

F.

System Effect: A phenomenon that can create undesired or unpredicted conditions that cause reduced capacities in all or part of a system.

G.

System Effect Factors: Allowances used to calculate a reduction of the performance ratings of a fan when installed under conditions different from those presented when the fan was performance tested.

TAB FOR DX ROOFTOP SYSTEMS

15992-1

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

2013-13

12/2013

H.

Terminal: A point where the controlled medium, such as fluid or energy, enters or leaves the distribution system.

I.

Test: A procedure to determine quantitative performance of a system or equipment.

J.

Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Agent: The entity responsible for performing and reporting the testing, adjusting, and balancing procedures.

K.

AABC: Associated Air Balance Council.

L.

AMCA: Air Movement and Control Association.

M.

SMACNA: Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association.

1.4

SUBMITTALS A.

Quality-Assurance Submittals: Within 30 days from the Contractor's Notice to Proceed, submit 2 copies of evidence that the testing, adjusting, and balancing Agent and this Project's testing, adjusting, and balancing team members meet the qualifications specified in the "Quality Assurance" Article below.

B.

Certified Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Reports: Submit 2 copies of reports prepared, as specified in this Section, on approved forms certified by the testing, adjusting, and balancing Agent.

1.5

QUALITY ASSURANCE A.

Agent Qualifications: Engage a testing, adjusting, and balancing agent certified by AABC .

B.

Certification of Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Reports: Certify the testing, adjusting, and balancing field data reports. This certification includes the following: 1. 2.

1.6

Review field data reports to validate accuracy of data and to prepare certified testing, adjusting, and balancing reports. Certify that the testing, adjusting, and balancing team complied with the approved testing, adjusting, and balancing plan and the procedures specified and referenced in this Specification.

COORDINATION A.

Coordinate the efforts of factory-authorized service representatives for systems and equipment, HVAC controls installers, and other mechanics to operate HVAC systems and equipment to support and assist testing, adjusting, and balancing activities.

B.

Perform testing, adjusting, and balancing after leakage and pressure tests on air distribution systems have been satisfactorily completed.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)

TAB FOR DX ROOFTOP SYSTEMS

15992-2

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

2013-13

12/2013

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

EXAMINATION A.

Examine Contract Documents to become familiar with project requirements and to discover conditions in systems' designs that may preclude proper testing, adjusting, and balancing of systems and equipment. Report deficiencies, in writing, to the Architect within 7 days of discovery. 1. 2.

B.

Examine approved submittal data of HVAC systems and equipment.

C.

Examine system and equipment installations to verify that they are complete and that testing, cleaning, adjusting, and commissioning specified in individual Specification Sections have been performed.

D.

Examine equipment for installation and for properly operating safety interlocks and controls.

E.

Report deficiencies discovered before and during performance of testing, adjusting, and balancing procedures.

F.

Examine HVAC system and equipment installations to verify that indicated balancing devices, such as test ports, balancing dampers and fittings, and manual volume dampers, are properly installed, and that their locations are accessible and appropriate for effective balancing and for efficient system and equipment operation.

3.2

PREPARATION A.

Prepare a testing, adjusting, and balancing plan that includes procedures.

B.

Complete system readiness checks and prepare system readiness reports. Verify the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

3.3

Contract Documents are defined in the General and Supplementary Conditions of the Contract. Verify that balancing devices, such as test ports, fittings and manual volume dampers, are required by the Contract Documents. Verify that quantities and locations of these balancing devices are accessible and appropriate for effective balancing and for efficient system and equipment operation.

Permanent electrical power wiring is complete. Automatic temperature-control systems are operational. Equipment and duct access doors are securely closed. Balance, smoke, and fire dampers are open. Ceilings are installed in critical areas where air-pattern adjustments are required and access to balancing devices is provided. Windows and doors can be closed so design conditions for system operations can be met.

GENERAL TESTING AND BALANCING PROCEDURES

TAB FOR DX ROOFTOP SYSTEMS

15992-3

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

2013-13

12/2013

A.

Perform testing and balancing procedures on each system according to AABC national standards and this Section.

B.

Mark equipment and balancing device settings with paint or other suitable, permanent identification material, including damper-control positions, valve position indicators, fan-speedcontrol levers, and similar controls and devices, to show final settings.

3.4

FUNDAMENTAL AIR SYSTEMS' BALANCING PROCEDURES A.

Prepare test reports for both fans and outlets. Obtain manufacturer's outlet factors and recommended testing procedures. Crosscheck the summation of required outlet volumes with required fan volumes.

B.

Determine the best locations in main and branch ducts for accurate duct airflow measurements.

C.

Verify that motor starters are equipped with properly sized thermal protection.

D.

Check dampers for proper position to achieve desired airflow path.

E.

Check for airflow blockages.

F.

Check condensate drains for proper connections and functioning.

G.

Check for proper sealing of air-handling unit components.

3.5

CONSTANT-VOLUME AIR SYSTEMS' BALANCING PROCEDURES A.

The procedures in this Article apply to constant-volume supply-, return-, and exhaust-air systems.

B.

Adjust fans to deliver total design airflows within the maximum allowable rpm listed by the fan manufacturer. 1. 2. 3.

C.

D.

Measure fan static pressures to determine actual static pressure as follows: a. Measure static pressure directly at the fan outlet or through the flexible connection. Compare design data with installed conditions to determine variations in design static pressures versus actual static pressures. Make required adjustments to pulley sizes, motor sizes, and electrical connections to accommodate fan-speed changes.

Adjust volume dampers for main duct, submain ducts, and major branch ducts to design airflows within specified tolerances. 1.

Measure static pressure at a point downstream from the balancing damper and adjust volume dampers until the proper static pressure is achieved.

2.

Re-measure each submain and branch duct after all have been adjusted. Continue to adjust submains and branch ducts to design airflows within specified tolerances.

Measure terminal outlets and inlets without making adjustments.

TAB FOR DX ROOFTOP SYSTEMS

15992-4

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

1. E.

2.

3.6

12/2013

Measure terminal outlets using a direct-reading hood or the outlet manufacturer's written instructions and calculating factors.

Adjust terminal outlets and inlets for each space to design airflows within specified tolerances of design values. Make adjustments using volume dampers rather than extractors and the dampers at the air terminals. 1.

F.

2013-13

Adjust each outlet in the same room or space to within specified tolerances of design quantities without generating noise levels above the limitations prescribed by the Contract Documents. Adjust patterns of adjustable outlets for proper distribution without drafts.

Verify proper rotation of condenser fans and measure entering- and leaving-air temperatures. Record compressor data. TEMPERATURE TESTING

A.

3.7

During testing, adjusting, and balancing, report need for adjustment in temperature regulation within the automatic temperature-control system. TEMPERATURE-CONTROL VERIFICATION

A.

Verify that controllers are calibrated.

B.

Check transmitter and controller locations and note conditions that would adversely affect control functions.

C.

Record controller settings and note variances between set points and actual measurements.

D.

Confirm correct interaction of interlock and lockout systems.

E.

Report ambient temperature and weather conditions during testing.

3.8

TOLERANCES A.

Set HVAC system airflow rates within the following tolerances: 1. 2. 3. 4.

3.9

Supply Fans: Minus 5 to plus 5 percent. Air Outlets and Inlets: Minus 5 to plus 5 percent. Outside Air: Zero to plus 5 percent. Exhaust Fans: Zero to plus 5 percent.

REPORTING A.

Initial Construction-Phase Report: Based on examination of the Contract Documents as specified in "Examination" Article above, prepare a report on the adequacy of design for systems' balancing devices. Recommend changes and additions to systems' balancing devices to facilitate proper performance measuring and balancing. Recommend changes and additions

TAB FOR DX ROOFTOP SYSTEMS

15992-5

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

2013-13

12/2013

to HVAC systems and general construction to allow access for performance measuring and balancing devices. B.

3.10

Submit copies of this report to the Engineer and contractor prior to fabrication and installation of ductwork systems. FINAL REPORT

A.

General: Typewritten, or computer printout in letter-quality font, on standard bond paper, in 3ring binder, tabulated and divided into sections by tested and balanced systems. Submit final report to the Architect at least 10 days prior to the final mechanical and electrical inspection.

B.

Include a certification sheet in front of binder signed and sealed by the certified testing and balancing engineer. 1.

C.

Include a list of the instruments used for procedures, along with proof of calibration.

General Report Data: In addition to the form titles and entries, include the following data in the final report, as applicable: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

Title page. Name and address of testing, adjusting, and balancing Agent. Project name. Project location. Architect's name and address. Engineer's name and address. Contractor's name and address. Report date. Signature of testing, adjusting, and balancing Agent who certifies the report. Summary of contents, including the following: a. b. c.

D.

Design versus final performance. Notable characteristics of systems. Description of system operation sequence if it varies from the Contract Documents.

Rooftop Unit Test Reports: For rooftop units with coils, include the following: 1.

Unit Data: Include the following: a. b. c. d. e. f.

2.

Unit identification. Location. Make and type. Model number and unit size. Manufacturer's serial number. Number of filters, type, and size.

Test Data: Include design and actual values for the following: a.

Total airflow rate in cfm.

TAB FOR DX ROOFTOP SYSTEMS

15992-6

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. E.

F.

12/2013

Total system static pressure in inches wg. Discharge static pressure in inches wg. Outside airflow in cfm. Mixed air temperature (DB/WB). Ambient temperature (DB/WB) coincidental with mixed air temperature reading. Liquid line temperature and pressure (Provide degrees subcooling) Suction line temperature and pressure (Provide degrees superheat) Motor nameplate amps versus actual operating amps.

Natural Gas Fired Burner Test Report: For gas furnaces installed in rooftop units, include the following: 1.

Unit Data: Include the following: a. System identification. b. Input capacity in btuh. c. Output capacity in btuh. d. Number of stages.

2.

Test Data: Include design and actual values for the following operating conditions: a. Entering-air temperature in deg F. b. Leaving-air temperature in deg F.

Exhaust Fan Test Report: For exhaust fans, include the following: 1.

1. Unit Data: Include the following: a. b. c. d. e.

2.

Unit identification. Location. Make and type. Model number and unit size. Manufacturer's serial number.

Test Data: Include design and actual values for the following: a. b. c. d.

3.11

2013-13

Total airflow rate in cfm. Total system static pressure in inches wg. Discharge static pressure in inches wg. Operating versus nameplate amperage.

ADDITIONAL TESTS

A.

Within 90 days of completing testing, adjusting, and balancing, perform additional testing and balancing to verify that balanced conditions are being maintained throughout and to correct unusual conditions.

B.

Seasonal Periods: If initial testing, adjusting, and balancing procedures were not performed during near-peak summer and winter conditions, perform additional inspections, testing, and adjusting during near-peak summer and winter conditions.

TAB FOR DX ROOFTOP SYSTEMS

15992-7

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

2013-13

12/2013

END OF SECTION

TAB FOR DX ROOFTOP SYSTEMS

15992-8

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

2013-13

01/2014

SECTION 16050 – BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

RELATED DOCUMENTS A.

1.2

Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY

A.

This Section includes the following: 1. 2. 3. 4.

1.3

Electrical equipment coordination and installation. Sleeves for raceways and cables. Sleeve seals. Common electrical installation requirements.

DEFINITIONS A.

ATS: Acceptance Testing Specifications.

B.

EPDM: Ethylene-propylene-diene terpolymer rubber.

C.

NBR: Acrylonitrile-butadiene rubber.

1.4

SUBMITTALS A.

1.5

Product Data: For each type of product indicated. QUALITY ASSURANCE

A.

1.6

Test Equipment Suitability and Calibration: Comply with NETA ATS, "Suitability of Test Equipment" and "Test Instrument Calibration." COORDINATION

A.

Coordinate arrangement, mounting, and support of electrical equipment: 1. 2. 3.

To allow maximum possible headroom unless specific mounting heights that reduce headroom are indicated. To provide for ease of disconnecting the equipment with minimum interference to other installations. To allow right of way for piping and conduit installed at required slope.

BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS

16050-1

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

4.

2013-13

01/2014

So connecting raceways, cables, wireways, and cable trays will be clear of obstructions and of the working and access space of other equipment.

B.

Coordinate installation of required supporting devices and set sleeves in cast-in-place concrete, masonry walls, and other structural components as they are constructed.

C.

Coordinate location of access panels and doors for electrical items that are behind finished surfaces or otherwise concealed. Access doors and panels are specified in Division 8 Section "Access Doors and Panels."

D.

Coordinate electrical testing of electrical, mechanical, and architectural items, so equipment and systems that are functionally interdependent are tested to demonstrate successful interoperability.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

MANUFACTURERS A.

In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: 1.

2.2

Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, manufacturers specified.

SLEEVES FOR RACEWAYS AND CABLES A.

Steel Pipe Sleeves: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, galvanized steel, plain ends.

B.

Cast-Iron Pipe Sleeves: Cast or fabricated "wall pipe," equivalent to ductile-iron pressure pipe, with plain ends and integral waterstop, unless otherwise indicated.

C.

Sleeves for Rectangular Openings: Galvanized sheet steel with minimum 0.052- or 0.138-inch thickness as indicated and of length to suit application.

D.

Coordinate sleeve selection and application with selection and application of firestopping specified in Division 7 Section " Firestopping and Firesafing."

2.3

SLEEVE SEALS A.

Description: Modular sealing device, designed for field assembly, to fill annular space between sleeve and raceway or cable. 1.

Available Manufacturers: a. b.

Advance Products & Systems, Inc. Calpico, Inc.

BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS

16050 - 2

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

c. d. 2. 3. 4.

2013-13

01/2014

Metraflex Co. Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc.

Sealing Elements: EPDM interlocking links shaped to fit surface of cable or conduit. Include type and number required for material and size of raceway or cable. Pressure Plates: Plastic. Include two for each sealing element. Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Carbon steel with corrosion-resistant coating of length required to secure pressure plates to sealing elements. Include one for each sealing element.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

COMMON REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION A.

Comply with NECA 1.

B.

Measure indicated mounting heights to bottom of unit for suspended items and to center of unit for wall-mounting items.

C.

Headroom Maintenance: If mounting heights or other location criteria are not indicated, arrange and install components and equipment to provide maximum possible headroom consistent with these requirements.

D.

Equipment: Install to facilitate service, maintenance, and repair or replacement of components of both electrical equipment and other nearby installations. Connect in such a way as to facilitate future disconnecting with minimum interference with other items in the vicinity.

E.

Right of Way: Give to raceways and piping systems installed at a required slope.

3.2

SLEEVE INSTALLATION FOR ELECTRICAL PENETRATIONS A.

Electrical penetrations occur when raceways, cables, wireways, or cable trays penetrate concrete slabs, concrete or masonry walls, or fire-rated floor and wall assemblies.

B.

Coordinate sleeve selection and application with selection and application of firestopping specified in Division 7 Section " Firestopping and Firesafing."

C.

Concrete Slabs and Walls: Install sleeves for penetrations unless core-drilled holes or formed openings are used. Install sleeves during erection of slabs and walls.

D.

Use pipe sleeves unless penetration arrangement requires rectangular sleeved opening.

E.

Rectangular Sleeve Minimum Metal Thickness: 1. 2.

For sleeve cross-section rectangle perimeter less than 50 inches and no side greater than 16 inches, thickness shall be 0.052 inch. For sleeve cross-section rectangle perimeter equal to, or greater than, 50 inches and 1 or more sides equal to, or greater than, 16 inches, thickness shall be 0.138 inch.

BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS

16050 - 3

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

2013-13

01/2014

F.

Fire-Rated Assemblies: Install sleeves for penetrations of fire-rated floor and wall assemblies unless openings compatible with firestop system used are fabricated during construction of floor or wall.

G.

Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces of walls.

H.

Extend sleeves installed in floors 2 inches above finished floor level.

I.

Size pipe sleeves to provide 1/4-inch annular clear space between sleeve and raceway or cable unless sleeve seal is to be installed.

J.

Seal space outside of sleeves with grout for penetrations of concrete and masonry and with approved joint compound for gypsum board assemblies.

K.

Interior Penetrations of Non-Fire-Rated Walls and Floors: Seal annular space between sleeve and raceway or cable, using joint sealant appropriate for size, depth, and location of joint. Refer to Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants" for materials and installation.

L.

Fire-Rated-Assembly Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors at raceway and cable penetrations. Install sleeves and seal raceway and cable penetration sleeves with firestop materials. Comply with Division 7 Section " Firestopping and Firesafing."

M.

Roof-Penetration Sleeves: Seal penetration of individual raceways and cables with flexible boot-type flashing units applied in coordination with roofing work.

N.

Aboveground, Exterior-Wall Penetrations: Seal penetrations using sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals. Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals.

O.

Underground, Exterior-Wall Penetrations: Install cast-iron "wall pipes" for sleeves. Size sleeves to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between raceway or cable and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals.

3.3

SLEEVE-SEAL INSTALLATION A.

Install to seal underground, exterior wall penetrations.

B.

Use type and number of sealing elements recommended by manufacturer for raceway or cable material and size. Position raceway or cable in center of sleeve. Assemble mechanical sleeve seals and install in annular space between raceway or cable and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make watertight seal.

3.4

FIRESTOPPING A.

Apply firestopping to electrical penetrations of fire-rated floor and wall assemblies to restore original fire-resistance rating of assembly. Firestopping materials and installation requirements are specified in Division 7 Section " Firestopping and Firesafing."

BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS

16050 - 4

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

3.5

2013-13

01/2014

FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.

Inspect installed sleeve and sleeve-seal installations and associated firestopping for damage and faulty work.

END OF SECTION 16050

BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS

16050 - 5

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

2013-13

12/2013

SECTION 16060 - GROUNDING AND BONDING

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

RELATED DOCUMENTS A.

1.2

Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY

A.

This Section includes grounding of electrical systems and equipment. Grounding requirements specified in this Section may be supplemented by special requirements of systems described in other Sections.

B.

Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 13 Section "Lightning Protection" for additional grounding and bonding materials.

1.3

SUBMITTALS A.

Product Data: For each type of product indicated.

B.

Product Data: For the following: 1.

Ground rods.

C.

Qualification Data: For firms and persons specified in "Quality Assurance" Article.

D.

Field Test Reports: Submit written test reports to include the following: 1. 2. 3.

1.4

Test procedures used. Test results that comply with requirements. Results of failed tests and corrective action taken to achieve test results that comply with requirements.

QUALITY ASSURANCE A.

Testing Agency Qualifications: Testing agency as defined by OSHA in 29 CFR 1910.7 or a member company of the InterNational Electrical Testing Association and that is acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1.

Testing Agency's Field Supervisor: Person currently certified by the InterNational Electrical Testing Association to supervise on-site testing specified in Part 3.

GROUNDING AND BONDING

16060-1

New Coca Cola Distribution Center B.

12/2013

Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. 1.

C.

2013-13

Comply with UL 467.

Comply with NFPA 780 and UL 96 when interconnecting with lightning protection system.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

MANUFACTURERS A.

Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1.

Grounding Conductors, Cables, Connectors, and Rods: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. k. l. m. n. o. p. q. r. s. t. u.

2.2

Apache Grounding/Erico Inc. Chance/Hubbell. Copperweld Corp. Erico Inc.; Electrical Products Group. Framatome Connectors/Burndy Electrical. Galvan Industries, Inc. Harger Lightning Protection, Inc. Hastings Fiber Glass Products, Inc. Heary Brothers Lightning Protection Co. Ideal Industries, Inc. ILSCO. Kearney/Cooper Power Systems. Korns: C. C. Korns Co.; Division of Robroy Industries. Lightning Master Corp. Lyncole XIT Grounding. O-Z/Gedney Co.; a business of the EGS Electrical Group. Raco, Inc.; Division of Hubbell. Robbins Lightning, Inc. Salisbury: W. H. Salisbury & Co. Superior Grounding Systems, Inc. Thomas & Betts, Electrical.

GROUNDING CONDUCTORS A.

For insulated conductors, comply with Division 16 Section "Conductors and Cables."

B.

Equipment Grounding Conductors: Insulated with green-colored insulation.

C.

Grounding Electrode Conductors: Stranded cable.

D.

Underground Conductors: Bare, tinned, stranded, unless otherwise indicated.

GROUNDING AND BONDING

16060 - 2

New Coca Cola Distribution Center E.

2. 3. 4.

2.3

Solid Conductors: ASTM B 3. Assembly of Stranded Conductors: ASTM B 8. Tinned Conductors: ASTM B 33.

Copper Bonding Conductors: As follows: 1.

G.

12/2013

Bare Copper Conductors: Comply with the following: 1. 2. 3.

F.

2013-13

Bonding Cable: 28 kcmil, 14 strands of No. 17 AWG copper conductor, 1/4 inch in diameter. Bonding Conductor: No. 4 or No. 6 AWG, stranded copper conductor. Bonding Jumper: Bare copper tape, braided bare copper conductors, terminated with copper ferrules; 1-5/8 inches wide and 1/16 inch thick. Tinned Bonding Jumper: Tinned-copper tape, braided copper conductors, terminated with copper ferrules; 1-5/8 inches wide and 1/16 inch thick.

Grounding Bus: Bare, annealed copper bars of rectangular cross section, with insulators. CONNECTOR PRODUCTS

A.

Comply with IEEE 837 and UL 467; listed for use for specific types, sizes, and combinations of conductors and connected items.

B.

Bolted Connectors: Bolted-pressure-type connectors, or compression type.

C.

Welded Connectors: Exothermic-welded type, in kit form, and selected per manufacturer's written instructions.

2.4

GROUNDING ELECTRODES A.

Ground Rods: Copper-clad steel. 1.

Size: 10 feet by 3/4 in diameter.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

APPLICATION A.

In raceways, use insulated equipment grounding conductors.

B.

Exothermic-Welded Connections: Use for connections to structural steel and for underground connections, except those at test wells.

C.

Equipment Grounding Conductor Terminations: Use bolted pressure clamps.

D.

Grounding Bus: Install in electrical and telephone equipment rooms, in rooms housing service equipment, and elsewhere as indicated.

GROUNDING AND BONDING

16060 - 3

New Coca Cola Distribution Center 1. 2. E.

3.2

2013-13

12/2013

Use insulated spacer; space 1 inch from wall and support from wall 6 inches above finished floor, unless otherwise indicated. At doors, route the bus up to the top of the door frame, across the top of the doorway, and down to the specified height above the floor.

Underground Grounding Conductors: Use tinned-copper conductor, No. 4/0 AWG minimum. Bury at least 36 inches below grade or bury 12 inches above duct bank when installed as part of the duct bank. EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTORS

A.

Comply with NFPA 70, Article 250, for types, sizes, and quantities of equipment grounding conductors, unless specific types, larger sizes, or more conductors than required by NFPA 70 are indicated.

B.

Install equipment grounding conductors in all feeders and circuits.

C.

Computer Outlet Circuits: Install insulated equipment grounding conductor in branch-circuit runs from computer-area power panels or power-distribution units.

D.

Nonmetallic Raceways: Install an equipment grounding conductor in nonmetallic raceways unless they are designated for telephone or data cables.

E.

Air-Duct Equipment Circuits: Install an equipment grounding conductor to duct-mounted electrical devices operating at 120 V and more, including air cleaners and heaters. Bond conductor to each unit and to air duct.

F.

Water Heater, Heat-Tracing, and Antifrost Heating Cables: Install a separate equipment grounding conductor to each electric water heater, heat-tracing, and antifrost heating cable. Bond conductor to heater units, piping, connected equipment, and components.

G.

Signal and Communication Systems: For telephone, alarm, voice and data, and other communication systems, provide No. 4 AWG minimum insulated grounding conductor in raceway from grounding electrode system to each service location, terminal cabinet, wiring closet, and central equipment location. 1. 2.

H.

3.3

Service and Central Equipment Locations and Wiring Closets: Terminate grounding conductor on a 1/4-by-2-by-12-inch grounding bus. Terminal Cabinets: Terminate grounding conductor on cabinet grounding terminal.

Common Ground Bonding with Lightning Protection System: Bond electrical power system ground directly to lightning protection system grounding conductor at closest point to electrical service grounding electrode. Use bonding conductor sized same as system grounding electrode conductor, and install in conduit. COUNTERPOISE

A.

Ground the steel framework of the building with a driven ground rod at the base of every corner column and at intermediate exterior columns at distances not more than 60 feet apart. Provide a

GROUNDING AND BONDING

16060 - 4

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

2013-13

12/2013

grounding conductor (counterpoise), electrically connected to each ground rod and to each steel column, extending around the perimeter of the building. Use tinned-copper conductor not less than No. 3/0 AWG for counterpoise and for tap to building steel. Bury counterpoise not less than 18 inches below grade and 24 inches from building foundation. 3.4

INSTALLATION A.

Ground Rods: Install at least three rods spaced at least one-rod length from each other and located at least the same distance from other grounding electrodes. 1. 2.

Drive ground rods until tops are 2 inches below finished floor or final grade, unless otherwise indicated. Interconnect ground rods with grounding electrode conductors. Use exothermic welds, except as otherwise indicated. Make connections without exposing steel or damaging copper coating.

B.

Grounding Conductors: Route along shortest and straightest paths possible, unless otherwise indicated. Avoid obstructing access or placing conductors where they may be subjected to strain, impact, or damage.

C.

Bonding Straps and Jumpers: Install so vibration by equipment mounted on vibration isolation hangers and supports is not transmitted to rigidly mounted equipment. Use exothermic-welded connectors for outdoor locations, unless a disconnect-type connection is required; then, use a bolted clamp. Bond straps directly to the basic structure taking care not to penetrate any adjacent parts. Install straps only in locations accessible for maintenance.

D.

Metal Water Service Pipe: Provide insulated copper grounding conductors, in conduit, from building's main service equipment, or grounding bus, to main metal water service entrances to building. Connect grounding conductors to main metal water service pipes by grounding clamp connectors. Where a dielectric main water fitting is installed, connect grounding conductor to street side of fitting. Bond metal grounding conductor conduit or sleeve to conductor at each end.

E.

Water Meter Piping: Use braided-type bonding jumpers to electrically bypass water meters. Connect to pipe with grounding clamp connectors.

F.

Bond interior metal piping systems and metal air ducts to equipment grounding conductors of associated pumps, fans, blowers, electric heaters, and air cleaners. Use braided-type bonding straps.

G.

Bond each aboveground portion of gas piping system upstream from equipment shutoff valve.

H.

Ufer Ground (Concrete-Encased Grounding Electrode): Fabricate according to NFPA 70, Paragraph 250-52(A)(3), using a minimum of 20 feet of bare copper conductor not smaller than No. 4 AWG. Bond grounding conductor to reinforcing steel in at least four locations and to anchor bolts. Extend grounding conductor below grade and connect to building grounding grid or to a grounding electrode external to concrete.

GROUNDING AND BONDING

16060 - 5

New Coca Cola Distribution Center 3.5

2013-13

12/2013

CONNECTIONS A.

General: Make connections so galvanic action or electrolysis possibility is minimized. Select connectors, connection hardware, conductors, and connection methods so metals in direct contact will be galvanically compatible. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Use electroplated or hot-tin-coated materials to ensure high conductivity and to make contact points closer to order of galvanic series. Make connections with clean, bare metal at points of contact. Make aluminum-to-steel connections with stainless-steel separators and mechanical clamps. Make aluminum-to-galvanized steel connections with tin-plated copper jumpers and mechanical clamps. Coat and seal connections having dissimilar metals with inert material to prevent future penetration of moisture to contact surfaces.

B.

Exothermic-Welded Connections: Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. Welds that are puffed up or that show convex surfaces indicating improper cleaning are not acceptable.

C.

Equipment Grounding Conductor Terminations: For No. 8 AWG and larger, use pressure-type grounding lugs. No. 10 AWG and smaller grounding conductors may be terminated with winged pressure-type connectors.

D.

Noncontact Metal Raceway Terminations: If metallic raceways terminate at metal housings without mechanical and electrical connection to housing, terminate each conduit with a grounding bushing. Connect grounding bushings with a bare grounding conductor to grounding bus or terminal in housing. Bond electrically noncontinuous conduits at entrances and exits with grounding bushings and bare grounding conductors, unless otherwise indicated.

E.

Tighten screws and bolts for grounding and bonding connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque-tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B.

F.

Compression-Type Connections: Use hydraulic compression tools to provide correct circumferential pressure for compression connectors. Use tools and dies recommended by connector manufacturer. Provide embossing die code or other standard method to make a visible indication that a connector has been adequately compressed on grounding conductor.

G.

Moisture Protection: If insulated grounding conductors are connected to ground rods or grounding buses, insulate entire area of connection and seal against moisture penetration of insulation and cable.

3.6

FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.

Testing: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform the following field quality-control testing: 1. 2.

After installing grounding system but before permanent electrical circuitry has been energized, test for compliance with requirements. Test completed grounding system at each location where a maximum ground-resistance level is specified, at service disconnect enclosure grounding terminal, and at ground test

GROUNDING AND BONDING

16060 - 6

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

3.

3.7

12/2013

wells. Measure ground resistance not less than two full days after the last trace of precipitation, and without the soil being moistened by any means other than natural drainage or seepage and without chemical treatment or other artificial means of reducing natural ground resistance. Perform tests, by the fall-of-potential method according to IEEE 81. Provide drawings locating each ground rod and ground rod assembly and other grounding electrodes, identify each by letter in alphabetical order, and key to the record of tests and observations. Include the number of rods driven and their depth at each location and include observations of weather and other phenomena that may affect test results. Describe measures taken to improve test results. a. b. c. d. e.

4.

2013-13

Equipment Rated 500 kVA and Less: 10 ohms. Equipment Rated 500 to 1000 kVA: 5 ohms. Equipment Rated More Than 1000 kVA: 3 ohms. Substations and Pad-Mounted Switching Equipment: 5 ohms. Aircraft Grounding Points in Hangar: 5 ohms.

Excessive Ground Resistance: If resistance to ground exceeds specified values, notify Architect promptly and include recommendations to reduce ground resistance.

GRADING AND PLANTING A.

Restore surface features, including vegetation, at areas disturbed by Work of this Section. Reestablish original grades, unless otherwise indicated. If sod has been removed, replace it as soon as possible after backfilling is completed. Restore areas disturbed by trenching, storing of dirt, cable laying, and other activities to their original condition. Include application of topsoil, fertilizer, lime, seed, sod, sprig, and mulch. Restore disturbed paving as indicated.

END OF SECTION 16060

GROUNDING AND BONDING

16060 - 7

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

2013-13

12/2013

.SECTION 16075 – ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

RELATED DOCUMENTS A.

1.2

Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY

A.

This Section includes the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

1.3

Identification for raceway. Identification for conductors and communication and control cable. Underground-line warning tape. Warning labels and signs. Instruction signs. Equipment identification labels. Miscellaneous identification products.

SUBMITTALS A.

Product Data: For each electrical identification product indicated.

B.

Identification Schedule: An index of nomenclature of electrical equipment and system components used in identification signs and labels.

C.

Samples: For each type of label and sign to illustrate size, colors, lettering style, mounting provisions, and graphic features of identification products.

1.4

QUALITY ASSURANCE A.

Comply with ANSI A13.1 and ANSI C2.

B.

Comply with NFPA 70.

C.

Comply with 29 CFR 1910.145.

1.5

COORDINATION A.

Coordinate identification names, abbreviations, colors, and other features with requirements in the Contract Documents, Shop Drawings, manufacturer's wiring diagrams, and the Operation and Maintenance Manual, and with those required by codes, standards, and 29 CFR 1910.145. Use consistent designations throughout Project.

ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION

16075-1

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

2013-13

12/2013

B.

Coordinate installation of identifying devices with completion of covering and painting of surfaces where devices are to be applied.

C.

Coordinate installation of identifying devices with location of access panels and doors.

D.

Install identifying devices before installing acoustical ceilings and similar concealment.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

RACEWAY IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS A.

Comply with ANSI A13.1 for minimum size of letters for legend and for minimum length of color field for each raceway and cable size.

B.

Color for Printed Legend: 1. 2.

Power Circuits: Black letters on an orange field. Legend: Indicate system or service and voltage, if applicable.

C.

Self-Adhesive Vinyl Labels: Preprinted, flexible label laminated with a clear, weather- and chemical-resistant coating and matching wraparound adhesive tape for securing ends of legend label.

D.

Snap-Around Labels: Slit, pretensioned, flexible, preprinted, color-coded acrylic sleeves, with diameter sized to suit diameter of raceway or cable it identifies and to stay in place by gripping action.

E.

Snap-Around, Color-Coding Bands: Slit, pretensioned, flexible, solid-colored acrylic sleeves, 2 inches long, with diameter sized to suit diameter of raceway or cable it identifies and to stay in place by gripping action.

F.

Self-Adhesive Vinyl Tape: Colored, heavy duty, waterproof, fade resistant; 2 inches wide; compounded for outdoor use.

2.2

CONDUCTOR AND COMMUNICATION-AND CONTROL-CABLE IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS A.

Color-Coding Conductor Tape: Colored, self-adhesive vinyl tape not less than 3 mils thick by 1 to 2 inches wide.

B.

Marker Tapes: Vinyl or vinyl-cloth, self-adhesive wraparound type, with circuit identification legend machine printed by thermal transfer or equivalent process.

C.

Aluminum Wraparound Marker Labels: Cut from 0.014-inch-thick aluminum sheet, with stamped, embossed, or scribed legend, and fitted with tabs and matching slots for permanently securing around wire or cable jacket or around groups of conductors.

D.

Metal Tags: Brass or aluminum, 2 by 2 by 0.05 inch, with stamped legend, punched for use with self-locking nylon tie fastener.

ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION

16075-2

New Coca Cola Distribution Center E.

12/2013

Write-On Tags: Polyester tag, 0.015 inch thick, with corrosion-resistant grommet and polyester or nylon tie for attachment to conductor or cable. 1.

2.3

2013-13

Marker for Tags: Permanent, waterproof, black ink marker recommended by tag manufacturer.

UNDERGROUND-LINE WARNING TAPE A.

Description: Permanent, bright-colored, continuous-printed, polyethylene tape. 1. 2. 3. 4.

2.4

Not less than 6 inches wide by 4 mils thick. Compounded for permanent direct-burial service. Embedded continuous metallic strip or core. Printed legend shall indicate type of underground line.

WARNING LABELS AND SIGNS A.

Comply with NFPA 70 and 29 CFR 1910.145.

B.

Self-Adhesive Warning Labels: Factory printed, multicolor, pressure-sensitive adhesive labels, configured for display on front cover, door, or other access to equipment, unless otherwise indicated.

C.

Baked-Enamel Warning Signs: Preprinted aluminum signs, punched or drilled for fasteners, with colors, legend, and size required for application. 1/4-inch grommets in corners for mounting. Nominal size, 7 by 10 inches.

D.

Metal-Backed, Butyrate Warning Signs: Weather-resistant, nonfading, preprinted, celluloseacetate butyrate signs with 0.0396-inch galvanized-steel backing; and with colors, legend, and size required for application. 1/4-inch grommets in corners for mounting. Nominal size, 10 by 14 inches.

E.

Warning label and sign shall include, but are not limited to, the following legends: 1. 2.

2.5

Multiple Power Source Warning: "DANGER - ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD EQUIPMENT HAS MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES." Workspace Clearance Warning: "WARNING - OSHA REGULATION - AREA IN FRONT OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT MUST BE KEPT CLEAR FOR 36 INCHES."

INSTRUCTION SIGNS A.

Engraved, laminated acrylic or melamine plastic, minimum 1/16 inch thick for signs up to 20 sq. in. and 1/8 inch thick for larger sizes. 1. 2. 3.

Engraved legend with black letters on white face. Punched or drilled for mechanical fasteners. Framed with mitered acrylic molding and arranged for attachment at applicable equipment.

ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION

16075-3

New Coca Cola Distribution Center 2.6

2013-13

12/2013

EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION LABELS A.

2.7

Engraved, Laminated Acrylic or Melamine Label: Punched or drilled for screw mounting. White letters on a dark-gray background. Minimum letter height shall be 3/8 inch. MISCELLANEOUS IDENTIFICATION PRODUCTS

A.

Fasteners for Labels and Signs: Self-tapping, stainless-steel screws or stainless-steel machine screws with nuts and flat and lock washers.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

APPLICATION A.

Accessible Raceways, for Service, Feeder, and Branch Circuits More Than 20 A: Identify with orange self-adhesive vinyl label.

B.

Accessible Raceways and Cables of Auxiliary Systems: Identify the following systems with color-coded, self-adhesive vinyl tape applied in bands: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

Fire Alarm System: Red. Fire-Suppression Supervisory and Control System: Red and yellow. Combined Fire Alarm and Security System: Red and blue. Security System: Blue and yellow. Mechanical and Electrical Supervisory System: Green and blue. Telecommunication System: Green and yellow. Control Wiring: Green and red.

C.

Power-Circuit Conductor Identification: For primary and secondary conductors No. 1/0 AWG and larger in vaults, pull and junction boxes, manholes, and handholes use color-coding conductor tape. Identify source and circuit number of each set of conductors. For single conductor cables, identify phase in addition to the above.

D.

Branch-Circuit Conductor Identification: Where there are conductors for more than three branch circuits in same junction or pull box, use color-coding conductor tape. Identify each ungrounded conductor according to source and circuit number.

E.

Conductors to Be Extended in the Future: Attach write-on tags to conductors and list source and circuit number.

F.

Auxiliary Electrical Systems Conductor Identification: Identify field-installed alarm, control, signal, sound, intercommunications, voice, and data connections. 1. 2. 3.

Identify conductors, cables, and terminals in enclosures and at junctions, terminals, and pull points. Identify by system and circuit designation. Use system of marker tape designations that is uniform and consistent with system used by manufacturer for factory-installed connections. Coordinate identification with Project Drawings, manufacturer's wiring diagrams, and Operation and Maintenance Manual.

ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION

16075-4

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

2013-13

12/2013

G.

Locations of Underground Lines: Identify with underground-line warning tape for power, lighting, communication, and control wiring and optical fiber cable. Install underground-line warning tape for both direct-buried cables and cables in raceway.

H.

Warning Labels for Indoor Cabinets, Boxes, and Enclosures for Power and Lighting: Comply with 29 CFR 1910.145 and apply self-adhesive warning labels. Identify system voltage with black letters on an orange background. Apply to exterior of door, cover, or other access. 1.

Equipment with Multiple Power or Control Sources: Apply to door or cover of equipment including, but not limited to, the following: a. b.

2.

I.

Equipment Requiring Workspace Clearance According to NFPA 70: Unless otherwise indicated, apply to door or cover of equipment but not on flush panelboards and similar equipment in finished spaces.

Instruction Signs: 1.

J.

Power transfer switches. Controls with external control power connections.

Operating Instructions: Install instruction signs to facilitate proper operation and maintenance of electrical systems and items to which they connect. Install instruction signs with approved legend where instructions are needed for system or equipment operation.

Equipment Identification Labels: On each unit of equipment, install unique designation label that is consistent with wiring diagrams, schedules, and Operation and Maintenance Manual. Apply labels to disconnect switches and protection equipment, central or master units, control panels, control stations, terminal cabinets, and racks of each system. Systems include power, lighting, control, communication, signal, monitoring, and alarm systems unless equipment is provided with its own identification. 1.

Labeling Instructions: a.

b. c.

Indoor Equipment: Engraved, laminated acrylic or melamine label. Unless otherwise indicated, provide a single line of text with 1/2-inch- high letters on 11/2-inch- high label; where 2 lines of text are required, use labels 2 inches high. Outdoor Equipment: Engraved, laminated acrylic or melamine label. Elevated Components: Increase sizes of labels and letters to those appropriate for viewing from the floor.

2.

Switchboard, panelboard and transformer identification: a. Panel Name. b. Voltage, Phase, Wire, Ground. c. Fed from source.

3.

Equipment to be labeled: a. b. c.

Panelboards, electrical cabinets, and enclosures. Access doors and panels for concealed electrical items. Transformers.

ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION

16075-5

New Coca Cola Distribution Center d. e. f. g. h. i. j. k. l. m. n. o. p.

3.2

2013-13

12/2013

Emergency system boxes and enclosures. Motor-control centers. Disconnect switches. Enclosed circuit breakers. Motor starters. Push-button stations. Contactors. Remote-controlled switches, dimmer modules, and control devices. Voice and data cable terminal equipment. Fire-alarm control panel and annunciators. Security and intrusion-detection control stations, control panels, terminal cabinets, and racks. Monitoring and control equipment. Terminals, racks, and patch panels for voice and data communication and for signal and control functions.

INSTALLATION A.

Verify identity of each item before installing identification products.

B.

Location: Install identification materials and devices at locations for most convenient viewing without interference with operation and maintenance of equipment.

C.

Apply identification devices to surfaces that require finish after completing finish work.

D.

Self-Adhesive Identification Products: Clean surfaces before application, using materials and methods recommended by manufacturer of identification device.

E.

Attach non-adhesive signs and plastic labels with screws and auxiliary hardware appropriate to the location and substrate.

F.

System Identification Color Banding for Raceways and Cables: Each color band shall completely encircle cable or conduit. Place adjacent bands of two-color markings in contact, side by side. Locate bands at changes in direction, at penetrations of walls and floors, at 50-foot maximum intervals in straight runs, and at 25-foot maximum intervals in congested areas.

G.

Color-Coding for Phase and Voltage Level Identification, 600 V and Less: Use the colors listed below for feeder and branch-circuit conductors. 1. Colors for 208/120-V Circuits: a. b. c. d. e. 2.

Phase A: Black. Phase B: Red. Phase C: Blue. Neutral: White. Ground: Green.

Colors for 480/277-V Circuits: a. b.

Phase A: Brown. Phase B: Orange.

ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION

16075-6

New Coca Cola Distribution Center c. d. e. 3.

2013-13

12/2013

Phase C: Yellow. Neutral: Grey. Ground: Green W/Yellow Stripe.

Field-Applied, Color-Coding Conductor Tape: Apply in half-lapped turns for a minimum distance of 6 inches from terminal points and in boxes where splices or taps are made. Apply last two turns of tape with no tension to prevent possible unwinding. Locate bands to avoid obscuring factory cable markings.

H.

Aluminum Wraparound Marker Labels and Metal Tags: Secure tight to surface of conductor or cable at a location with high visibility and accessibility.

I.

Underground-Line Warning Tape: During backfilling of trenches install continuous underground-line warning tape directly above line at 6 to 8 inches below finished grade. Use multiple tapes where width of multiple lines installed in a common trench exceeds 16 inches overall.

J.

Painted Identification: Prepare surface and apply paint according to Division 9 painting Sections.

END OF SECTION 16075

ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION

16075-7

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

2013-13

12/2013

SECTION 16 120 - CONDUCTORS AND CABLES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

RELATED DOCUMENTS A.

1.2

Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY

A.

1.3

This Section includes building wires and cables and associated connectors, splices, and terminations for wiring systems rated 600 V and less. SUBMITTALS

A.

Product Data: For each type of product indicated.

B.

Qualification Data: For testing agency.

1.4

QUALITY ASSURANCE A.

Testing Agency Qualifications: Testing agency as defined by OSHA in 29 CFR 1910.7 or a member company of the InterNational Electrical Testing Association and that is acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.

B.

Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use.

C.

Comply with NFPA 70.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

MANUFACTURERS A.

In other Part 2 articles where subparagraph titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply for product selection: 1.

Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the manufacturers specified.

CONDUCTORS AND CABLES

16120-1

New Coca Cola Distribution Center 2.2

2013-13

12/2013

CONDUCTORS AND CABLES A.

Available Manufacturers: 1. 2. 3.

American Insulated Wire Corp.; a Leviton Company. General Cable Corporation. Southwire Company.

B.

Refer to Part 3 "Conductor and Insulation Applications" Article for insulation type, cable construction, and ratings.

C.

Conductor Material: Copper stranded or solid conductor for No. 10 AWG and smaller, stranded for No. 8 AWG and larger.

D.

Conductor Insulation Types: Thermoplastic, rated at 75C. minimum.

E.

Metal-Clad cable, type MC, shall be used only for fixture whips from j-boxes to light fixture.

2.3

CONNECTORS AND SPLICES A.

Available Manufacturers: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

B.

AFC Cable Systems, Inc. AMP Incorporated/Tyco International. Hubbell/Anderson. O-Z/Gedney; EGS Electrical Group LLC. 3M Company; Electrical Products Division.

Description: Factory-fabricated connectors and splices of size, ampacity rating, material, type, and class for application and service indicated.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

CONDUCTOR AND INSULATION APPLICATIONS A.

Exposed Feeders: Type THHN-THWN, single conductors in raceway.

B.

Feeders Concealed in Ceilings, Walls, and Partitions: Type THHN-THWN, single conductors in raceway.

C.

Feeders Concealed in Concrete and below Slabs-on-Grade: Type THHN-THWN, single conductors in raceway.

D.

Exposed Branch Circuits: Type THHN-THWN, single conductors in raceway.

E.

Branch Circuits Concealed in Ceilings, Walls, and Partitions: Type THHN-THWN, single conductors in raceway.

CONDUCTORS AND CABLES

16120-2

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

2013-13

12/2013

F.

Branch Circuits Concealed in Concrete and below Slabs-on-Grade: Type THHN-THWN, single conductors in raceway.

G.

Light Fixture Whips: Type MC metal-clad cable from j-box to light fixture.

H.

Underground Feeders and Branch Circuits: Type UF insulated conductors in raceway.

I.

Cord Drops and Portable Appliance Connections: Type SO, hard service cord.

J.

Fire Alarm Circuits: Type THHN-THWN, in raceway or plenum rated cables when installed above ceilings..

K.

Class 1 Control Circuits: Type THHN-THWN, in raceway.

L.

Class 2 Control Circuits: Type THHN-THWN, in raceway.

3.2

INSTALLATION A.

Conceal cables in finished walls, ceilings, and floors, unless otherwise indicated.

B.

Use manufacturer-approved pulling compound or lubricant where necessary; compound used must not deteriorate conductor or insulation. Do not exceed manufacturer's recommended maximum pulling tensions and sidewall pressure values.

C.

Use pulling means, including fish tape, cable, rope, and basket-weave wire/cable grips, that will not damage cables or raceway.

D.

Install exposed cables parallel and perpendicular to surfaces of exposed structural members, and follow surface contours where possible.

E.

Support cables according to Division 16 Section "Basic Electrical Materials and Methods."

F.

Seal around cables penetrating fire-rated elements according to Division 7 Section " Firestopping and Fire-safing."

G.

Identify and color-code conductors and cables according to Division 16 Section "Electrical Identification."

3.3

CONNECTIONS A.

Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torquetightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B.

B.

Make splices and taps that are compatible with conductor material and that possess equivalent or better mechanical strength and insulation ratings than un-spliced conductors.

C.

Wiring at Outlets: Install conductor at each outlet, with at least 12 inches of slack.

CONDUCTORS AND CABLES

16120-3

New Coca Cola Distribution Center 3.4

2013-13

12/2013

FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.

Testing: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform the following field quality-control testing: 1. 2.

B.

After installing conductors and cables and before electrical circuitry has been energized, test for compliance with requirements. Perform each electrical test and visual and mechanical inspection stated in NETA ATS, Section 7.3.2 for all feeder circuits. Certify compliance with test parameters.

Test Reports: Prepare a written report to record the following: 1. 2. 3.

Test procedures used. Test results that comply with requirements. Test results that do not comply with requirements and corrective action taken to achieve compliance with requirements.

END OF SECTION 16120

CONDUCTORS AND CABLES

16120-4

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

2013-13

12/2013

SECTION 16130 - RACEWAYS AND BOXES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.8

RELATED DOCUMENTS A.

1.8

Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY

A.

This Section includes raceways, fittings, boxes, enclosures, and cabinets for electrical wiring.

B.

Related Sections include the following: 1. 2. 3. 4.

1.8

Division 2 Section "Utilities Trenching, Backfill, and Compaction" for exterior ductbanks, manholes, and underground utility construction. Division 7 Section " Firestopping and Firesafing " for firestopping materials and installation at penetrations through walls, ceilings, and other fire-rated elements. Division 16 Section "Basic Electrical Materials and Methods" for supports, anchors, and identification products. Division 16 Section "Wiring Devices" for devices installed in boxes and for floor-box service fittings.

DEFINITIONS A.

EMT: Electrical metallic tubing.

B.

ENT: Electrical nonmetallic tubing.

C.

FMC: Flexible metal conduit.

D.

IMC: Intermediate metal conduit.

E.

LFMC: Liquidtight flexible metal conduit.

F.

LFNC: Liquidtight flexible nonmetallic conduit.

G.

RNC: Rigid nonmetallic conduit.

1.8

SUBMITTALS A.

Product Data: For surface raceways, wireways and fittings, floor boxes, hinged-cover enclosures, and cabinets.

RACEWAYS AND BOXES

16130-1

New Coca Cola Distribution Center 1.8

2013-13

12/2013

QUALITY ASSURANCE A.

Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use.

B.

Comply with NFPA 70.

1.8

COORDINATION A.

Coordinate layout and installation of raceways, boxes, enclosures, cabinets, and suspension system with other construction that penetrates ceilings or is supported by them, including light fixtures, HVAC equipment, fire-suppression system, and partition assemblies.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.8

MANUFACTURERS A.

In other Part 2 articles where subparagraph titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply for product selection: 1.

2.8

Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the manufacturers specified.

METAL CONDUIT AND TUBING A.

Available Manufacturers: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.

AFC Cable Systems, Inc. Alflex Inc. Anamet Electrical, Inc.; Anaconda Metal Hose. Electri-Flex Co. Grinnell Co./Tyco International; Allied Tube and Conduit Div. LTV Steel Tubular Products Company. Manhattan/CDT/Cole-Flex. O-Z Gedney; Unit of General Signal. Wheatland Tube Co.

B.

Rigid Steel Conduit: ANSI C80.1.

C.

IMC: ANSI C80.6.

D.

Plastic-Coated Steel Conduit and Fittings: NEMA RN 1.

E.

Plastic-Coated IMC and Fittings: NEMA RN 1.

F.

EMT and Fittings: ANSI C80.3.

RACEWAYS AND BOXES

16130 - 2

New Coca Cola Distribution Center 1.

2013-13

Fittings: Compression type.

G.

FMC: Zinc-coated steel.

H.

LFMC: Flexible steel conduit with PVC jacket.

I.

Fittings: NEMA FB 1; compatible with conduit and tubing materials.

2.8

12/2013

NONMETALLIC CONDUIT AND TUBING A.

Available Manufacturers: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13.

American International. Anamet Electrical, Inc.; Anaconda Metal Hose. Arnco Corp. Cantex Inc. Certainteed Corp.; Pipe & Plastics Group. Condux International. ElecSYS, Inc. Electri-Flex Co. Lamson & Sessions; Carlon Electrical Products. Manhattan/CDT/Cole-Flex. RACO; Division of Hubbell, Inc. Spiralduct, Inc./AFC Cable Systems, Inc. Thomas & Betts Corporation.

B.

RNC: NEMA TC 2, Schedule 40 and Schedule 80 PVC.

C.

LFNC: UL 1660.

2.8

METAL WIREWAYS A.

Available Manufacturers: 1. 2.

Hoffman. Square D.

B.

Material and Construction: Sheet metal sized and shaped as indicated, NEMA 1.

C.

Fittings and Accessories: Include couplings, offsets, elbows, expansion joints, adapters, holddown straps, end caps, and other fittings to match and mate with wireways as required for complete system.

D.

Select features, unless otherwise indicated, as required to complete wiring system and to comply with NFPA 70.

E.

Wireway Covers: Hinged type.

F.

Finish: Manufacturer's standard enamel finish.

RACEWAYS AND BOXES

16130 - 3

New Coca Cola Distribution Center 2.8

2013-13

12/2013

SURFACE RACEWAYS A.

Surface Metal Raceways: Galvanized steel with snap-on covers. Finish with manufacturer's standard prime coating. 1.

Available Manufacturers: a. b. c. d.

B.

2.8

Airey-Thompson Sentinel Lighting; Wiremold Company (The). Thomas & Betts Corporation. Walker Systems, Inc.; Wiremold Company (The). Wiremold Company (The); Electrical Sales Division.

Types, sizes, and channels as indicated and required for each application, with fittings that match and mate with raceways. BOXES, ENCLOSURES, AND CABINETS

A.

Available Manufacturers: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13.

Cooper Crouse-Hinds; Div. of Cooper Industries, Inc. Emerson/General Signal; Appleton Electric Company. Erickson Electrical Equipment Co. Hoffman. Hubbell, Inc.; Killark Electric Manufacturing Co. O-Z/Gedney; Unit of General Signal. RACO; Division of Hubbell, Inc. Robroy Industries, Inc.; Enclosure Division. Scott Fetzer Co.; Adalet-PLM Division. Spring City Electrical Manufacturing Co. Thomas & Betts Corporation. Walker Systems, Inc.; Wiremold Company (The). Woodhead, Daniel Company; Woodhead Industries, Inc. Subsidiary.

B.

Sheet Metal Outlet and Device Boxes: NEMA OS 1.

C.

Cast-Metal Outlet and Device Boxes: NEMA FB 1, Type FD, with gasketed cover.

D.

Nonmetallic Outlet and Device Boxes: NEMA OS 2.

E.

Floor Boxes: Cast metal, fully adjustable, rectangular.

F.

Small Sheet Metal Pull and Junction Boxes: NEMA OS 1.

G.

Cast-Metal Pull and Junction Boxes: NEMA FB 1, cast aluminum with gasketed cover.

H.

Hinged-Cover Enclosures: NEMA 250, Type 1, with continuous hinge cover and flush latch. 1.

I.

Metal Enclosures: Steel, finished inside and out with manufacturer's standard enamel.

Cabinets: NEMA 250, Type 1, galvanized steel box with removable interior panel and removable front, finished inside and out with manufacturer's standard enamel. Hinged door in

RACEWAYS AND BOXES

16130 - 4

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

2013-13

12/2013

front cover with flush latch and concealed hinge. Key latch to match panelboards. Include metal barriers to separate wiring of different systems and voltage and include accessory feet where required for freestanding equipment. 2.7

Cable Tray A.

2.8

Wire type cable tray, galvanized, 4 inches deep x 24” wide. 1. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. Legrand b. PW Industries c. Copper B-Line FACTORY FINISHES

A.

Finish: For raceway, enclosure, or cabinet components, provide manufacturer's standard Grey paint applied to factory-assembled surface raceways, enclosures, and cabinets before shipping.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.8

RACEWAY APPLICATION A.

Outdoors: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

B.

Exposed: Rigid steel or IMC. Concealed: Rigid steel or IMC. Underground, Single Run: RNC. Underground, Grouped: RNC. Connection to Vibrating Equipment (Including Transformers and Hydraulic, Pneumatic, Electric Solenoid, or Motor-Driven Equipment): LFMC. Boxes and Enclosures: NEMA 250, Type 3R.

Indoors: 1. 2. 3.

4. 5.

Exposed: EMT. Concealed: EMT. Connection to Vibrating Equipment (Including Transformers and Hydraulic, Pneumatic, Electric Solenoid, or Motor-Driven Equipment): FMC; except use LFMC in damp or wet locations. Damp or Wet Locations or in first floor concrete slab: Rigid steel conduit. Boxes and Enclosures: NEMA 250, Type 1, except as follows: a.

Damp or Wet Locations: NEMA 250, Type 4, stainless steel.

C.

Minimum Raceway Size: 3/4-inch trade size.

D.

Raceway Fittings: Compatible with raceways and suitable for use and location. 1.

Intermediate Steel Conduit: Use threaded rigid steel conduit fittings, unless otherwise indicated.

RACEWAYS AND BOXES

16130 - 5

New Coca Cola Distribution Center 2. E. 3.8

2013-13

12/2013

PVC Externally Coated, Rigid Steel Conduits: Use only fittings approved for use with that material. Patch all nicks and scrapes in PVC coating after installing conduits.

Do not install aluminum conduits embedded in or in contact with concrete. INSTALLATION

A.

Keep raceways at least 6 inches away from parallel runs of flues and steam or hot-water pipes. Install horizontal raceway runs above water and steam piping.

B.

Complete raceway installation before starting conductor installation.

C.

Support raceways as specified in Division 16 Section "Basic Electrical Materials and Methods."

D.

Install temporary closures to prevent foreign matter from entering raceways.

E.

Protect stub-ups from damage where conduits rise through floor slabs. Arrange so curved portions of bends are not visible above the finished slab.

F.

Make bends and offsets so ID is not reduced. Keep legs of bends in the same plane and keep straight legs of offsets parallel, unless otherwise indicated.

G.

Conceal conduit and EMT within finished walls, ceilings, and floors, unless otherwise indicated. 1.

H.

Raceways Embedded in Slabs: Install in middle 1/3 of slab thickness where practical and leave at least 2 inches of concrete cover. 1. 2. 3.

4. I.

Secure raceways to reinforcing rods to prevent sagging or shifting during concrete placement. Space raceways laterally to prevent voids in concrete. Run conduit larger than 1-inch trade size (DN 27) parallel or at right angles to main reinforcement. Where at right angles to reinforcement, place conduit close to slab support. Change from nonmetallic tubing to Schedule 80 nonmetallic conduit, rigid steel conduit, or IMC before rising above the floor.

Install exposed raceways parallel or at right angles to nearby surfaces or structural members and follow surface contours as much as possible. 1. 2.

J.

Install concealed raceways with a minimum of bends in the shortest practical distance, considering type of building construction and obstructions, unless otherwise indicated.

Run parallel or banked raceways together on common supports. Make parallel bends in parallel or banked runs. Use factory elbows only where elbows can be installed parallel; otherwise, provide field bends for parallel raceways.

Join raceways with fittings designed and approved for that purpose and make joints tight. 1.

Use insulating bushings to protect conductors.

RACEWAYS AND BOXES

16130 - 6

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

2013-13

K.

Tighten set screws of threadless fittings with suitable tools.

L.

Terminations: 1.

2.

12/2013

Where raceways are terminated with locknuts and bushings, align raceways to enter squarely and install locknuts with dished part against box. Use two locknuts, one inside and one outside box. Where raceways are terminated with threaded hubs, screw raceways or fittings tightly into hub so end bears against wire protection shoulder. Where chase nipples are used, align raceways so coupling is square to box; tighten chase nipple so no threads are exposed.

M.

Install pull wires in empty raceways. Use polypropylene or monofilament plastic line with not less than 200-lb tensile strength. Leave at least 12 inches of slack at each end of pull wire.

N.

Telephone and Signal System Raceways, 2-Inch Trade Size (DN 53) and Smaller: In addition to above requirements, install raceways in maximum lengths of 150 feet and with a maximum of two 90-degree bends or equivalent. Separate lengths with pull or junction boxes where necessary to comply with these requirements.

O.

Install raceway sealing fittings at suitable, approved, and accessible locations and fill them with UL-listed sealing compound. For concealed raceways, install each fitting in a flush steel box with a blank cover plate having a finish similar to that of adjacent plates or surfaces. Install raceway sealing fittings at the following points: 1. 2.

Where conduits pass from explosion hazard to non-explosion hazard areas. Where otherwise required by NFPA 70.

P.

Stub-up Connections: Extend conduits through concrete floor for connection to freestanding equipment. Install with an adjustable top or coupling threaded inside for plugs set flush with finished floor. Extend conductors to equipment with rigid steel conduit; FMC may be used 6 inches above the floor. Install screwdriver-operated, threaded plugs flush with floor for future equipment connections.

Q.

Flexible Connections: Use maximum of 72 inches of flexible conduit for recessed and semirecessed lighting fixtures; for equipment subject to vibration, noise transmission, or movement; and for all motors. Use LFMC in damp or wet locations. Install separate ground conductor across flexible connections.

R.

Surface Raceways: Install a separate, green, ground conductor in raceways from junction box supplying raceways to receptacle or fixture ground terminals.

S.

Set floor boxes level and flush with finished floor surface.

T.

Install hinged-cover enclosures and cabinets plumb. Support at each corner.

3.8

PROTECTION A.

Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure coatings, finishes, and cabinets are without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.

RACEWAYS AND BOXES

16130 - 7

New Coca Cola Distribution Center 1. 2.

3.8

2013-13

12/2013

Repair damage to galvanized finishes with zinc-rich paint recommended by manufacturer. Repair damage to PVC or paint finishes with matching touchup coating recommended by manufacturer.

CLEANING A.

After completing installation of exposed, factory-finished raceways and boxes, inspect exposed finishes and repair damaged finishes.

END OF SECTION 16130

RACEWAYS AND BOXES

16130 - 8

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

2013-13

12/2013

SECTION 16140 - WIRING DEVICES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1

RELATED DOCUMENTS A.

1.2

Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

SUMMARY A.

This Section includes the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

1.3

Single and duplex receptacles and ground-fault circuit interrupters. Single- and double-pole, three-way and four-way snap switches and dimmer switches. Device wall plates. Pin and sleeve connectors and receptacles. Floor service outlets.

DEFINITIONS A.

EMI: Electromagnetic interference.

B.

GFCI: Ground-fault circuit interrupter.

C.

PVC: Polyvinyl chloride.

D.

RFI: Radio-frequency interference.

E.

TVSS: Transient voltage surge suppressor.

F.

UTP: Unshielded twisted pair.

1.4

SUBMITTALS A.

Product Data: For each type of product indicated.

B.

Shop Drawings: List of legends and description of materials and process used for pre-marking wall plates.

1.5

QUALITY ASSURANCE A.

Source Limitations: Obtain each type of wiring device through one source from a single manufacturer.

B.

Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use.

C.

Comply with NFPA 70.

WIRING DEVICES

16140 - 1

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

1.6

2013-13

12/2013

COORDINATION A.

Receptacles for Owner-Furnished Equipment: Match plug configurations. 1.

Cord and Plug Sets: Match equipment requirements.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1

MANUFACTURERS A.

Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1.

Wiring Devices: a. b. c. d.

2.2

Bryant Electric, Inc./Hubbell Subsidiary. Hubbell Incorporated; Wiring Device-Kellems. Leviton Mfg. Company Inc. Pass & Seymour/Legrand; Wiring Devices Div.

RECEPTACLES A.

Straight-Blade-Type Receptacles: Comply with NEMA WD 1, NEMA WD 6, DSCC W-C-596G, UL 498, and FSUL WC596. Line contacts shall be .036” 688 brass and mounting straps shall be .050” 699 brass. Pressure plate shall be .031” 260 brass. device shall have wrap around strap tabs. Pigtail devices are acceptable.

B.

Straight-Blade and Locking Receptacles: Heavy-Duty grade, 20 ampere minimum rating.

C.

GFCI Receptacles: Straight blade, feed-through type, Heavy-Duty grade, with integral NEMA WD 6, Configuration 5-20R duplex receptacle; complying with UL 498 and UL 943. Design units for installation in a 2-3/4-inch- deep outlet box without an adapter.

D.

Industrial Heavy-Duty Pin and Sleeve Devices: Comply with IEC 309-1.

E.

480 Receptacles in Hangar and Apron Pits: Russellstoll DBRE64040600, 480 volt, 3 phase, 60 amp.

F.

Tel/Data Outlets: Pass & Seymour C25E2FI. (two category 5e jacks and 2 F connectors, Ivory color) Provide each with Pass & Seymour wall plate TPD4I.

2.3

PENDANT CORD/CONNECTOR DEVICES A.

Description: Matching, locking-type plug and receptacle Configurations L5-20P and L5-20R, Heavy-Duty grade. 1. 2.

body

connector,

NEMA WD 6,

Body: Nylon with screw-open cable-gripping jaws and provision for attaching external cable grip. External Cable Grip: Woven wire-mesh type made of high-strength galvanized-steel wire strand, matched to cable diameter, and with attachment provision designed for corresponding connector.

WIRING DEVICES

16140 - 2

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

2.4

2013-13

12/2013

CORD AND PLUG SETS A.

Description: Match voltage and current ratings and number of conductors to requirements of equipment being connected. 1. 2.

2.5

Cord: Rubber-insulated, stranded-copper conductors, with Type SOW-A jacket; with greeninsulated grounding conductor and equipment-rating ampacity plus a minimum of 30 percent. Plug: Nylon body and integral cable-clamping jaws. Match cord and receptacle type for connection.

SWITCHES A.

Single-Pole, Double-Pole Switches, Three-Way Switches, and Four-Way Switches: Comply with DSCC W-C-896F and UL 20.

B.

Snap Switches: Heavy-Duty grade, quiet type.

C.

Dimmer Switches: Modular, full-wave, solid-state units with integral, quiet on/off switches and audible frequency and EMI/RFI filters. 1. 2.

3.

2.6

Control: Continuously adjustable slider; with single-pole or three-way switching to suit connections. Incandescent Lamp Dimmers: Modular, 120 V, 60 Hz with continuously adjustable rotary knob, toggle switch, or slider; single pole with soft tap or other quiet switch; EMI/RFI filter to eliminate interference; and 5-inch wire connecting leads. Fluorescent Lamp Dimmer Switches: Modular; compatible with dimmer ballasts; trim potentiometer to adjust low-end dimming; dimmer-ballast combination capable of consistent dimming with low end not greater than 20 percent of full brightness.

WALL PLATES A.

Single and combination types to match corresponding wiring devices. Plates shall be high impact smooth nylon. 1. 2.

2.7

Plate-Securing Screws: Metal with head color to match plate finish. Material for Wet Locations: Cast aluminum with spring-loaded lift cover, and listed and labeled for use in "wet locations."

FINISHES A.

Color: 1.

Wiring Devices Connected to Normal Power System: Ivory

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1

INSTALLATION A.

Install devices and assemblies level, plumb, and square with building lines.

WIRING DEVICES

16140 - 3

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

2013-13

12/2013

B.

Install wall dimmers to achieve indicated rating after de-rating for ganging according to manufacturer's written instructions.

C.

Install unshared neutral conductors on line and load side of dimmers according to manufacturers' written instructions.

D.

Arrangement of Devices: Unless otherwise indicated, mount flush, with long dimension vertical, and with grounding terminal of receptacles on top. Group adjacent switches under single, multigang wall plates.

E.

Remove wall plates and protect devices and assemblies during painting.

F.

Adjust locations of floor service outlets to suit arrangement of partitions and furnishings.

3.2

IDENTIFICATION A.

Comply with Division 16 Section "Electrical Identification." 1.

3.3

Receptacles: Identify panelboard and circuit number from which served. Use hot, stamped or engraved machine printing with black-filled lettering on face of plate, and durable wire markers or tags inside outlet boxes.

CONNECTIONS A.

Ground equipment according to Division 16 Section "Grounding and Bonding."

B.

Connect wiring according to Division 16 Section "Conductors and Cables."

C.

Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque-tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B.

3.4

FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.

Perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports: 1. 2.

B.

After installing wiring devices and after electrical circuitry has been energized, test for proper polarity, ground continuity, and compliance with requirements. Test GFCI operation with both local and remote fault simulations according to manufacturer's written instructions.

Remove malfunctioning units, replace with new units, and retest as specified above.

END OF SECTION 16140

WIRING DEVICES

16140 - 4

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

2013-13

12/2013

SECTION 16145 – LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

RELATED DOCUMENTS A.

1.2

Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY

A.

This Section includes the following lighting control devices that are to be used in conjunction with a Square D PowerLink lighting control system as shown on the Drawings: 1. 2.

B.

Related Sections include the following: 1.

1.3

Photoelectric switches. Indoor occupancy sensors.

Division 16 Section "Wiring Devices" for wall-box dimmers and manual light switches.

DEFINITIONS A.

LED: Light-emitting diode.

B.

PIR: Passive infrared.

1.4

SUBMITTALS A.

Product Data: For each type of product indicated.

B.

Shop Drawings: Show installation details for occupancy and light-level sensors. 1. 2.

Lighting plan showing location, orientation, and coverage area of each sensor. Interconnection diagrams showing field-installed wiring.

C.

Field quality-control test reports.

D.

Operation and Maintenance Data: For each type of product to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals.

1.5

QUALITY ASSURANCE A.

Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use.

LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES

16145-1

New Coca Cola Distribution Center 1.6

2013-13

12/2013

COORDINATION A.

Coordinate layout and installation of ceiling-mounted devices with other construction that penetrates ceilings or is supported by them, including light fixtures, HVAC equipment, firesuppression system, and partition assemblies.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

MANUFACTURERS A.

In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: 1.

2.2

Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, manufacturers specified.

GENERAL LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICE REQUIREMENTS A.

2.3

Line-Voltage Surge Protection: An integral part of the devices for 120- and 277-V solid-state equipment. For devices without integral line-voltage surge protection, field-mounting surge protection shall comply with IEEE C62.41 and with UL 1449. TIME SWITCHES

A.

Available Manufacturers: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.

B.

Area Lighting Research, Inc. Grasslin Controls Corporation. Intermatic, Inc. Leviton Mfg. Company Inc. Paragon Electric Co. Square D. TORK. Watt Stopper (The).

Digital Time Switches: Electronic, solid-state programmable units with alphanumeric display complying with UL 917. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

Contact Configuration: As indicated. Contact Rating: 20-A ballast load, 120/240-V ac, or 277 VAC, as requried. Program: Single channel, 8 on-off set points on a 24-hour schedule and an annual holiday schedule that overrides the weekly operation on holidays. Circuitry: Allow connection of a photoelectric relay as substitute for on and off function of a program. Astronomical Time: All channels. Battery Backup: For schedules and time clock.

LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES

16145-2

New Coca Cola Distribution Center 2.4

2013-13

12/2013

SWITCH-BOX OCCUPANCY SENSORS A.

Available Manufacturers: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

B.

Description: PIR type with integral power-switching contacts rated for 800 W at 120-V ac, suitable for incandescent light fixtures, fluorescent light fixtures with magnetic or electronic ballasts, or 1/6-hp motors; and rated for 1000 W at 277-V ac, suitable for incandescent light fixtures, fluorescent light fixtures with magnetic or electronic ballasts, or 1/3-hp motors, minimum. 1. 2.

2.5

Bryant Electric; a Hubbell Company. Hubbell Lighting Inc. Leviton Mfg. Company Inc. MYTECH Corporation. Novitas, Inc. RAB Electric Manufacturing, Inc. Sensor Switch, Inc. TORK. Unenco Electronics; a Hubbell Company. Watt Stopper (The).

Include ground wire. Automatic Light-Level Sensor: Adjustable from 2 to 200 fc; keeps lighting off when selected lighting level is present.

CONDUCTORS AND CABLES A.

Power Wiring to Supply Side of Remote-Control Power Sources: Not smaller than No. 12 AWG, complying with Division 16 Section " Conductors and Cables."

B.

Classes 2 and 3 Control Cable: Multi-conductor cable with stranded copper conductors not smaller than No. 18 AWG, complying with Division 16 Section "Conductors and Cables."

C.

Class 1 Control Cable: Multi-conductor cable with stranded copper conductors not smaller than No. 14 AWG, complying with Division 16 Section "Conductors and Cables."

D.

Install unshielded, twisted-pair cable for control and signal transmission conductors, complying with Division 16 Section "Voice and Data Communication Cabling."

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

WIRING INSTALLATION A.

Wiring Method: Comply with Division 16 Section "Conductors and Cables." Minimum conduit size shall be 3/4 inch.

B.

Wiring within Enclosures: Bundle, lace, and train conductors to terminal points. Separate power-limited and non-power-limited conductors according to conductor manufacturer's written instructions.

LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES

16145-3

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

2013-13

12/2013

C.

Install field-mounting transient voltage suppressors for lighting control devices in Category A locations that do not have integral line-voltage surge protection.

D.

Size conductors according to lighting control device manufacturer's written instructions, unless otherwise indicated.

E.

Splices, Taps, and Terminations: Make connections only on numbered terminal strips in junction, pull, and outlet boxes; terminal cabinets; and equipment enclosures.

F.

Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torquetightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B.

3.2

IDENTIFICATION A.

Identify components and power and control wiring according to Division 16 Section "Electrical Identification."

B.

Label time switches and contactors with a unique designation.

3.3

FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.

Perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports: 1.

After installing time switches and after electrical circuitry has been energized, adjust and test for compliance with requirements.

B.

Remove and replace lighting control devices where test results indicate that they do not comply with specified requirements.

C.

Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements.

END OF SECTION 16145

LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES

16145-4

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

2013-13

12/2013

SECTION 16410 – ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 A.

1.02 A.

RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY This Section includes the following individually mounted, enclosed switches and circuit breakers: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

1.03

Fusible switches. Nonfusible switches. Molded-case circuit switches. Molded-case switches. Enclosures.

DEFINITIONS

A.

GD: General duty.

B.

GFCI: Ground-fault circuit interrupter.

C.

HD: Heavy duty.

D.

RMS: Root mean square.

E.

SPDT: Single pole, double throw.

1.04 A.

SUBMITTALS Product Data: For each type of enclosed switch, circuit breaker, accessory, and component indicated. Include dimensioned elevations, sections, weights, and manufacturers' technical data on features, performance, electrical characteristics, ratings, and finishes. 1. 2. 3. 4.

Enclosure types and details for types other than NEMA 250, Type 1. Current and voltage ratings. Short-circuit current rating. Features, characteristics, ratings, and factory settings of individual overcurrent protective devices and auxiliary components.

B.

Shop Drawings: Diagram power, signal, and control wiring.

C.

Qualification Data: For testing agency.

ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS

16410-1

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

2013-13

12/2013

D.

Manufacturer's field service report.

E.

Operation and Maintenance Data: For enclosed switches and circuit breakers to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. Include the following: 1. 2.

1.05 A.

Manufacturer's written instructions for testing and adjusting enclosed switches and circuit breakers. Time-current curves, including selectable ranges for each type of circuit breaker.

QUALITY ASSURANCE Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency, with the experience and capability to conduct the testing indicated, that is a member company of the International Electrical Testing Association or is a nationally recognized testing laboratory (NRTL) as defined by OSHA in 29 CFR 1910.7, and that is acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1.

Testing Agency's Field Supervisor: Person currently certified by the International Electrical Testing Association or the National Institute for Certification in Engineering Technologies to supervise on-site testing specified in Part 3.

B.

Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use.

C.

Comply with NFPA 70.

D.

Product Selection for Restricted Space: Drawings indicate maximum dimensions for enclosed switches and circuit breakers, including clearances between enclosures, and adjacent surfaces and other items. Comply with indicated maximum dimensions.

1.06 A.

PROJECT CONDITIONS Environmental Limitations: Rate equipment for continuous operation under the following conditions, unless otherwise indicated: 1. 2.

1.07 A.

1.08 A.

Ambient Temperature: Not less than minus 22 deg F and not exceeding 104 deg F. Altitude: Not exceeding 6600 feet.

COORDINATION Coordinate layout and installation of switches, circuit breakers, and components with other construction, including conduit, piping, equipment, and adjacent surfaces. Maintain required workspace clearances and required clearances for equipment access doors and panels. EXTRA MATERIALS Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.

ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS

16410-2

New Coca Cola Distribution Center 1.

12/2013

Spares: For the following: a. b. c.

2.

2013-13

Potential Transformer Fuses: 3 Control-Power Fuses: 3 Fuses for Fusible Switches: 3 of each size and type.

Spare Indicating Lights: Six of each type installed.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 A.

MANUFACTURERS In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: 1.

2.02 A.

Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, manufacturers specified.

FUSIBLE AND NONFUSIBLE SWITCHES Available Manufacturers: 1. 2. 3.

General Electric Co.; Electrical Distribution & Control Division. Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc. Square D/Group Schneider.

B.

Fusible Switch, 1200 A and Smaller: NEMA KS 1, Type HD, with clips or bolt pads to accommodate specified fuses, lockable handle with capability to accept two padlocks, and interlocked with cover in closed position.

C.

Nonfusible Switch, 1200 A and Smaller: NEMA KS 1, Type HD, lockable handle with capability to accept two padlocks, and interlocked with cover in closed position.

D.

Accessories: 1. 2.

2.03 A.

Equipment Ground Kit: Internally mounted and labeled for copper and aluminum ground conductors. Neutral Kit: Internally mounted; insulated, capable of being grounded, and bonded; and labeled for copper and aluminum neutral conductors.

MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS AND SWITCHES Available Manufacturers: 1.

General Electric Co.; Electrical Distribution & Control Division.

ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS

16410-3

New Coca Cola Distribution Center 2. 3. B.

2. 3.

Moeller Electric Corporation. Square D/Group Schneider.

Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers: Inverse time-current element for low-level overloads and instantaneous magnetic trip element for short circuits. Adjustable magnetic trip setting for circuit-breaker frame sizes 250 A and larger. Adjustable Instantaneous-Trip Circuit Breakers: Magnetic trip element with frontmounted, field-adjustable trip setting. Electronic Trip-Unit Circuit Breakers: RMS sensing; field-replaceable rating plug; with the following field-adjustable settings: a. b. c. d.

4. 5.

6.

Instantaneous trip. Long- and short-time pickup levels. Long- and short-time time adjustments. Ground-fault pickup level, time delay, and I2t response.

Current-Limiting Circuit Breakers: Frame sizes 400 A and smaller and let-through ratings less than NEMA FU 1, RK-5. Integrally Fused Circuit Breakers: Thermal-magnetic trip element with integral limiterstyle fuse listed for use with circuit breaker and trip activation on fuse opening or on opening of fuse compartment door. GFCI Circuit Breakers: Single- and two-pole configurations with 30-mA trip sensitivity.

Molded-Case Circuit-Breaker Features and Accessories: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

6. 7. 8. 9. 10. D.

12/2013

Molded-Case Circuit Breaker: NEMA AB 1, with interrupting capacity to meet available fault currents. 1.

C.

2013-13

Standard frame sizes, trip ratings, and number of poles. Lugs: Mechanical style suitable for number, size, trip ratings, and conductor material. Application Listing: Type SWD for switching fluorescent lighting loads; Type HACR for heating, air-conditioning, and refrigerating equipment. Ground-Fault Protection: Integrally mounted relay and trip unit with adjustable pickup and time-delay settings, push-to-test feature, and ground-fault indicator. Communication Capability: Integral communication module with functions and features compatible with power monitoring and control system specified in Division 16 Section "Electrical Power Monitoring and Control." Shunt Trip: 120-V trip coil energized from separate circuit, set to trip at 75 percent of rated voltage. Undervoltage Trip: Set to operate at 35 to 75 percent of rated voltage with fieldadjustable 0.1- to 0.6-second time delay. Auxiliary Switch: One SPDT switch with "a" and "b" contacts; "a" contacts mimic circuit-breaker contacts, "b" contacts operate in reverse of circuit-breaker contacts. Key Interlock Kit: Externally mounted to prohibit circuit-breaker operation; key shall be removable only when circuit breaker is in off position. Zone-Selective Interlocking: Integral with electronic trip unit; for interlocking groundfault protection function.

Molded-Case Switches: Molded-case circuit breaker with fixed, high-set instantaneous trip only, and short-circuit withstand rating equal to equivalent breaker frame size interrupting rating.

ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS

16410-4

New Coca Cola Distribution Center 2.04 A.

2013-13

12/2013

ENCLOSURES NEMA AB 1 and NEMA KS 1 to meet environmental conditions of installed location. 1. 2. 3.

Outdoor Locations: NEMA 250, Type 3R. Other Wet or Damp Indoor Locations: NEMA 250, Type 4. Hazardous Areas Indicated on Drawings: NEMA 250, Type 7C.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01

EXAMINATION

A.

Examine elements and surfaces to receive enclosed switches and circuit breakers for compliance with installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance.

B.

Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.02

CONCRETE BASES

A.

Coordinate size and location of concrete bases. Verify structural requirements with structural engineer.

B.

Concrete base is specified in Division 16 Section "Basic Electrical Materials and Methods," and concrete materials and installation requirements are specified in Division 3.

3.03

INSTALLATION

A.

Comply with applicable portions of NECA 1, NEMA PB 1.1, and NEMA PB 2.1 for installation of enclosed switches and circuit breakers.

B.

Mount individual wall-mounting switches and circuit breakers with tops at uniform height, unless otherwise indicated. Anchor floor-mounting switches to concrete base.

C.

Temporary Lifting Provisions: Remove temporary lifting eyes, channels, and brackets and temporary blocking of moving parts from enclosures and components.

3.04

IDENTIFICATION

A.

Identify field-installed conductors, interconnecting wiring, and components; provide warning signs as specified in Division 16 Section "Electrical Identification."

B.

Enclosure Nameplates: Label each enclosure with engraved metal or laminated-plastic nameplate as specified in Division 16 Section "Electrical Identification."

ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS

16410-5

New Coca Cola Distribution Center 3.05 A. 3.06

2013-13

12/2013

ADJUSTING Set field-adjustable switches and circuit-breaker trip ranges. CLEANING

A.

On completion of installation, vacuum dirt and debris from interiors; do not use compressed air to assist in cleaning.

B.

Inspect exposed surfaces and repair damaged finishes.

END OF SECTION 16410

ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS

16410-6

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

2013-13

12/2013

SECTION 16441 - SWITCHBOARDS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

RELATED DOCUMENTS A.

1.2

Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY

A. 1.3

This Section includes service and distribution switchboards rated 600 V and less. DEFINITIONS

A.

EMI: Electromagnetic interference.

B.

GFCI: Ground-fault circuit interrupter.

C.

RFI: Radio-frequency interference.

D.

RMS: Root mean square.

E.

SPDT: Single pole, double throw.

1.4

SUBMITTALS A.

Product Data: For each type of switchboard, overcurrent protective device, transient voltage suppression device, ground-fault protector, accessory, and component indicated. Include dimensions and manufacturers' technical data on features, performance, electrical characteristics, ratings, and finishes.

B.

Shop Drawings: For each switchboard and related equipment. 1.

Dimensioned plans, elevations, sections, and details, including required clearances and service space around equipment. Show tabulations of installed devices, equipment features, and ratings. Include the following: a. b. c. d. e. f.

SWITCHBOARDS

Enclosure types and details for types other than NEMA 250, Type 1. Bus configuration, current, and voltage ratings. Short-circuit current rating of switchboards and overcurrent protective devices. Utility company's metering provisions with indication of approval by utility company. Mimic-bus diagram. Features, characteristics, ratings, and factory settings of individual overcurrent protective devices and auxiliary components.

16441 - 1

New Coca Cola Distribution Center 2. 3. 4.

2013-13

Wiring Diagrams: Power, signal, and control wiring. Dimensioned Outline Drawings of Equipment Unit: Identify center of gravity and locate and describe mounting and anchorage provisions. Detailed description of equipment anchorage devices on which the certification is based and their installation requirements.

C.

Qualification Data: For testing agency.

D.

Field quality-control test reports including the following: 1. 2. 3.

E.

Test procedures used. Test results that comply with requirements. Results of failed tests and corrective action taken to achieve test results that comply with requirements.

Operation and Maintenance Data: For switchboards and components to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. In addition to items specified in Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures," include the following: 1. 2. 3.

1.5

12/2013

Routine maintenance requirements for switchboards and all installed components. Manufacturer's written instructions for testing and adjusting overcurrent protective devices. Time-current curves, including selectable ranges for each type of overcurrent protective device.

QUALITY ASSURANCE A.

Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency, with the experience and capability to conduct the testing indicated, that is a nationally recognized testing laboratory (NRTL) as defined by OSHA in 29 CFR 1910.7.

B.

Source Limitations: Obtain switchboards through one source from a single manufacturer.

C.

Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use.

D.

Comply with NEMA PB 2, "Deadfront Distribution Switchboards."

E.

Comply with NFPA 70.

1.6

DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A.

Deliver in sections or lengths that can be moved past obstructions in delivery path.

B.

Store indoors in clean dry space with uniform temperature to prevent condensation. Protect from exposure to dirt, fumes, water, corrosive substances, and physical damage.

C.

Handle switchboards according to NEMA PB 2.1 and NECA 400.

SWITCHBOARDS

16441 - 2

New Coca Cola Distribution Center 1.7

2013-13

12/2013

PROJECT CONDITIONS A.

Environmental Limitations: Rate equipment for continuous operation under the following conditions, unless otherwise indicated: 1. 2.

1.8

Ambient Temperature: Not exceeding 104 deg F. Altitude: Not exceeding 6600 feet.

COORDINATION A.

Coordinate layout and installation of switchboards and components with other construction including conduit, piping, equipment, and adjacent surfaces. Maintain required workspace clearances and required clearances for equipment access doors and panels.

B.

Coordinate size and location of concrete bases. Cast anchor-bolt inserts into bases. Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork requirements are specified in Division 3.

1.9

EXTRA MATERIALS A.

Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. 2. 3.

Potential Transformer Fuses: Equal to 10 percent of amount installed for each size and type, but no fewer than 2 of each size and type. Control-Power Fuses: Equal to 10 percent of amount installed for each size and type, but no fewer than 2 of each size and type. Indicating Lights: Equal to 10 percent of amount installed for each size and type, but no fewer than 1 of each size and type.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

MANUFACTURERS A.

In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: 1.

2.2

Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the manufacturer specified.

MANUFACTURED UNITS A.

Manufacturers: 1.

Square D.

2.

General Electric Co.; Electrical Distribution & Control Division.

SWITCHBOARDS

16441 - 3

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

2013-13

12/2013

B.

Front-Connected, Front-Accessible Switchboard: Fixed, individually mounted main device, panel-mounted branches, and sections rear aligned.

C.

Nominal System Voltage: 480Y/277 V.

D.

Main-Bus Continuous: as shown on the electrical riser diagram.

E.

Enclosure: Steel, NEMA 250, Type 1.

F.

Enclosure Finish for Indoor Units: Factory-applied finish in manufacturer's standard gray finish over a rust-inhibiting primer on treated metal surface.

G.

Barriers: Between adjacent switchboard sections.

H.

Insulation and isolation for main bus of main section and main and vertical buses of feeder sections.

I.

Bus Transition and Incoming Pull Sections: Matched and aligned with basic switchboard.

J.

Hinged Front Panels: Allow access to circuit breaker, metering, accessory, and blank compartments.

K.

Pull Box on Top of Switchboard: 1. 2. 3. 4.

L.

Adequate ventilation to maintain temperature in pull box within same limits as switchboard. Removable covers shall form top, front, and sides. Top covers at rear shall be easily removable for drilling and cutting. Bottom shall be insulating, fire-resistive material with separate holes for cable drops into switchboard. Cable supports shall be arranged to facilitate cabling and adequate to support cables indicated, including those for future installation.

Buses and Connections: Three phase, four wire, unless otherwise indicated. 1.

Phase- and Neutral-Bus Material: Hard-drawn copper of 98 percent conductivity with feeder circuit-breaker line connections. a.

2.

3. 4.

5.

Use copper for feeder circuit-breaker line connections.

Ground Bus: 1/4-by-2-inch-minimum-size, hard-drawn copper of 98 percent conductivity, equipped with pressure connectors for feeder and branch-circuit ground conductors. For busway feeders, extend insulated equipment grounding cable to busway ground connection and support cable at intervals in vertical run. Contact Surfaces of Buses: Silver plated. Main Phase Buses, Neutral Buses, and Equipment Ground Buses: Uniform capacity for entire length of switchboard's main and distribution sections. Provide for future extensions from both ends. Neutral Buses: 100 percent of the ampacity of phase buses, unless otherwise indicated, equipped with pressure connectors for outgoing circuit neutral cables. Bus extensions for busway feeder neutral bus are braced.

SWITCHBOARDS

16441 - 4

New Coca Cola Distribution Center M.

2.3

2013-13

12/2013

Future Devices: Equip compartments with mounting brackets, supports, bus connections, and appurtenances at full rating of circuit-breaker compartment. TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SUPPRESSION DEVICES

A.

IEEE C62.41, integrally mounted, plug-in-style, solid-state, parallel-connected, sine-wave tracking suppression and filtering modules.

B.

Minimum single-impulse current rating shall be as follows: 1. 2. 3.

C.

Line to Neutral: 100,000 A. Line to Ground: 100,000 A. Neutral to Ground: 50,000 A.

Protection modes shall be as follows: 1. 2. 3.

Line to neutral. Line to ground. Neutral to ground.

D.

EMI/RFI Noise Attenuation Using 50-ohm Insertion Loss Test: 55 dB at 100 kHz.

E.

Maximum Category C combination wave clamping voltage shall not exceed 1000 V, line to neutral and line to ground on 277/480 V systems.

F.

Maximum UL 1449 clamping levels shall not exceed 800 V, line to neutral and line to ground on 277/480 V systems.

G.

Withstand Capabilities: 3000 Category C surges with less than 5 percent change in clamping voltage.

H.

Accessories: 1. 2.

2.4

Form-C contacts, one normally open and one normally closed, for remote monitoring of system operation. Contacts to reverse position on failure of any surge diversion module. Audible alarm activated on failure of any surge diversion module.

OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES A.

Molded-Case Circuit Breaker: NEMA AB 3, with interrupting capacity to meet available fault currents. 1.

2. 3.

Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers: Inverse time-current element for low-level overloads, and instantaneous magnetic trip element for short circuits. Adjustable magnetic trip setting for circuit-breaker frame sizes 250 A and larger. Adjustable Instantaneous-Trip Circuit Breakers: Magnetic trip element with frontmounted, field-adjustable trip setting. Electronic trip-unit circuit breakers shall have RMS sensing, field-replaceable rating plug, and the following field-adjustable settings:

SWITCHBOARDS

16441 - 5

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

4. B.

2013-13

12/2013

a. Instantaneous trip. b. Long- and short-time pickup levels. c. Long- and short-time time adjustments. d. Ground-fault pickup level, time delay, and I2t response. GFCI Circuit Breakers: Single- and two-pole configurations with 5-mA trip sensitivity.

Molded-Case Circuit-Breaker Features and Accessories: Standard frame sizes, trip ratings, and number of poles. 1. 2. 3. 4.

5. 6. 7. 8. 9.

Lugs: Mechanical style, suitable for number, size, trip ratings, and conductor material. Application Listing: Appropriate for application; Type SWD for switching fluorescent lighting loads; Type HACR for heating, air-conditioning, and refrigerating equipment. Ground-Fault Protection: Integrally mounted relay and trip unit with adjustable pickup and time-delay settings, push-to-test feature, and ground-fault indicator. Communication Capability: Integral communication module with functions and features compatible with power monitoring and control system, specified in Division 16 Section "Electrical Power Monitoring and Control." Shunt Trip: 120-V trip coil energized from separate circuit, set to trip at 75 percent of rated voltage. Undervoltage Trip: Set to operate at 35 to 75 percent of rated voltage with fieldadjustable 0.1- to 0.6-second time delay. Auxiliary Contacts: One SPDT switch with "a" and "b" contacts; "a" contacts mimic circuit-breaker contacts, "b" contacts operate in reverse of circuit-breaker contacts. Key Interlock Kit: Externally mounted to prohibit circuit-breaker operation; key shall be removable only when circuit breaker is in off position. Zone-Selective Interlocking: Integral with electronic trip unit; for interlocking groundfault protection function.

C.

Fused Switch: NEMA KS 1, Type HD; clips to accommodate specified fuses; lockable handle.

D.

Fuses are specified in Division 16 Section "Fuses."

2.5

INSTRUMENTATION A.

Multifunction Digital-Metering Monitor: Microprocessor-based unit suitable for three- or fourwire systems and with the following features: 1.

Switch-selectable digital display of the following values with maximum accuracy tolerances as indicated: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h.

SWITCHBOARDS

Phase Currents, Each Phase: Plus or minus 1 percent. Phase-to-Phase Voltages, Three Phase: Plus or minus 1 percent. Phase-to-Neutral Voltages, Three Phase: Plus or minus 1 percent. Megawatts: Plus or minus 2 percent. Megavars: Plus or minus 2 percent. Power Factor: Plus or minus 2 percent. Frequency: Plus or minus 0.5 percent. Megawatt Demand: Plus or minus 2 percent; demand interval programmable from 5 to 60 minutes.

16441 - 6

New Coca Cola Distribution Center i. 2.

2.6

2013-13

12/2013

Accumulated Energy, Megawatt Hours: Plus or minus 2 percent. Accumulated values unaffected by power outages up to 72 hours.

Mounting: Display and control unit flush or semiflush mounted in instrument compartment door.

CONTROL POWER A.

Control Circuits: 120 V, supplied through secondary disconnecting devices from control-power transformer.

B.

Control-Power Fuses: Primary and secondary fuses for current-limiting and overload protection of transformer and fuses for protection of control circuits.

C.

Control Wiring: Factory installed, with bundling, lacing, and protection included. Provide flexible conductors for No. 8 AWG and smaller, for conductors across hinges, and for conductors for interconnections between shipping units.

2.7

ACCESSORY COMPONENTS AND FEATURES A.

Furnish portable test set to test functions of solid-state trip devices without removal from switchboard. Include relay and meter test plugs suitable for testing switchboard meters and switchboard class relays.

B.

Fungus Proofing: Permanent fungicidal treatment for switchboard interior, including instruments and instrument transformers.

2.8

IDENTIFICATION A.

Mimic Bus: Continuously integrated mimic bus factory applied to front of switchboard. Arrange in single-line diagram format, using symbols and letter designations consistent with final mimic-bus diagram. Coordinate mimic-bus segments with devices in switchboard sections to which they are applied. Produce a concise visual presentation of principal switchboard components and connections.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

PROTECTION A.

3.2

Temporary Heating: Apply temporary heat to maintain temperature according to manufacturer's written instructions. EXAMINATION

A.

Examine elements and surfaces to receive switchboards for compliance with installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance.

SWITCHBOARDS

16441 - 7

New Coca Cola Distribution Center B. 3.3

2013-13

12/2013

Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. INSTALLATION

A.

Install switchboards and accessories according to NEMA PB 2.1 and NECA 40.

B.

Install and anchor switchboards level on concrete bases, 4-inch nominal thickness. Concrete base is specified in Division 16 Section "Electrical Supports and Seismic Restraints," and concrete materials and installation requirements are specified in Division 3. 1. 2. 3. 4.

Install dowel rods to connect concrete base to concrete floor. Unless otherwise indicated, install dowel rods on 18-inch centers around full perimeter of base. For switchboards, install epoxy-coated anchor bolts that extend through concrete base and anchor into structural concrete floor. Place and secure anchorage devices. Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to switchboards.

C.

Temporary Lifting Provisions: Remove temporary lifting eyes, channels, and brackets and temporary blocking of moving parts from switchboard units and components.

D.

Operating Instructions: Frame and mount the printed basic operating instructions for switchboards, including control and key interlocking sequences and emergency procedures. Fabricate frame of finished wood or metal and cover instructions with clear acrylic plastic. Mount on front of switchboards.

E.

Install overcurrent instrumentation. 1.

3.4

protective

devices,

transient

voltage

suppression

devices,

and

Set field-adjustable switches and circuit-breaker trip ranges.

IDENTIFICATION A.

Identify field-installed conductors, interconnecting wiring, and components; provide warning signs as specified in Division 16 Section "Electrical Identification."

B.

Switchboard Nameplates: Label each switchboard compartment with engraved metal or laminated-plastic nameplate mounted with corrosion-resistant screws.

3.5

FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.

Prepare for acceptance tests as follows: 1. 2.

B.

Test insulation resistance for each switchboard bus, component, connecting supply, feeder, and control circuit. Test continuity of each circuit.

Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing and inspecting agency to perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports:

SWITCHBOARDS

16441 - 8

New Coca Cola Distribution Center 1.

2. 3.

12/2013

Perform each electrical test and visual and mechanical inspection stated in NETA ATS, Sections 7.1, 7.5, 7.6, 7.9, 7.10, 7.11, and 7.14 as appropriate. Certify compliance with test parameters. Correct malfunctioning units on-site, where possible, and retest to demonstrate compliance; otherwise, replace with new units and retest. Perform the following infrared scan tests and inspections and prepare reports: a.

b. c.

Initial Infrared Scanning: After Substantial Completion, but not more than 60 days after Final Acceptance, perform an infrared scan of each switchboard. Remove front panels so joints and connections are accessible to portable scanner. Follow-up Infrared Scanning: Perform an additional follow-up infrared scan of each switchboard 11 months after date of Substantial Completion. Instruments, Equipment, and Reports: 1)

2)

3.6

2013-13

Use an infrared scanning device designed to measure temperature or to detect significant deviations from normal values. Provide calibration record for device. Prepare a certified report that identifies switchboards included and that describes scanning results. Include notation of deficiencies detected, remedial action taken, and observations after remedial action.

CLEANING A.

3.7

On completion of installation, inspect interior and exterior of switchboards. Remove paint splatters and other spots. Vacuum dirt and debris; do not use compressed air to assist in cleaning. Repair exposed surfaces to match original finish. DEMONSTRATION

A.

Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain switchboards, overcurrent protective devices, instrumentation, and accessories. Refer to Division 1 Section "Demonstration and Training."

END OF SECTION 16441

SWITCHBOARDS

16441 - 9

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

2013-13

12/2013

SECTION 16442 – PANELBOARDS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

RELATED DOCUMENTS A.

1.2

Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY

A.

This Section includes the following: 1. 2.

1.3

Distribution panelboards. Lighting and appliance branch-circuit panelboards.

DEFINITIONS A.

EMI: Electromagnetic interference.

B.

GFCI: Ground-fault circuit interrupter.

C.

RMS: Root mean square.

1.4

SUBMITTALS A.

Product Data: For each type of panelboard, overcurrent protective device, transient voltage suppression device, accessory, and component indicated. Include dimensions and manufacturers' technical data on features, performance, electrical characteristics, ratings, and finishes.

B.

Shop Drawings: For each panelboard and related equipment. 1.

Dimensioned plans, elevations, sections, and details. Show tabulations of installed devices, equipment features, and ratings. Include the following: a. b. c. d.

2. C.

Enclosure types and details for types other than NEMA 250, Type 1. Bus configuration, bus material, current, and voltage ratings. Short-circuit current rating of panelboards and overcurrent protective devices. Features, characteristics, ratings, and factory settings of individual overcurrent protective devices and auxiliary components.

Wiring Diagrams: Power, signal, and control wiring.

Qualification Data: For testing agency.

PANELBOARDS

16442-1

New Coca Cola Distribution Center D.

12/2013

Operation and Maintenance Data: For panelboards and components to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. Include the following: 1. 2.

1.5

2013-13

Manufacturer's written instructions for testing and adjusting overcurrent protective devices. Time-current curves, including selectable ranges for each type of overcurrent protective device.

QUALITY ASSURANCE A.

Comply with NEMA PB 1.

B.

Comply with NFPA 70.

1.6

COORDINATION A.

1.7

Coordinate layout and installation of panelboards and components with other construction that penetrates walls or is supported by them, including electrical and other types of equipment, raceways, piping, and encumbrances to workspace clearance requirements. EXTRA MATERIALS

A.

Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1.

Keys: Six spares for each type of panelboard cabinet lock.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

MANUFACTURERS A.

Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1.

Panelboards, Overcurrent Protective Devices, Controllers, Contactors, and Accessories: a.

2.2

Square D.

MANUFACTURED UNITS A.

Enclosures: Surface-mounted cabinets. NEMA PB 1, Type 1. 1.

Rated for environmental conditions at installed location. a. b.

PANELBOARDS

Outdoor Locations: NEMA 250, Type 3R. Other Wet or Damp Indoor Locations: NEMA 250, Type 4.

16442-2

New Coca Cola Distribution Center 2. 3. 4. B.

Hinged Front Cover: Entire front trim hinged to box and with standard door within hinged trim cover. Finish: Manufacturer's standard enamel finish over corrosion-resistant treatment or primer coat. Directory Card: With transparent protective cover, mounted in metal frame, inside panelboard door.

Material: Hard-drawn copper, 98 percent conductivity. Equipment Ground Bus: Adequate for feeder and branch-circuit equipment ground conductors; bonded to box.

Conductor Connectors: Suitable for use with conductor material. 1. 2.

2.3

12/2013

Phase and Ground Buses: 1. 2.

C.

2013-13

Main and Neutral Lugs: Mechanical type. Ground Lugs and Bus Configured Terminators: Compression type.

PANELBOARD SHORT-CIRCUIT RATING A.

2.4

Fully rated to interrupt symmetrical short-circuit current available at terminals. DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS

A.

Doors: Secured with vault-type latch with tumbler lock; keyed alike. Omit for fused-switch panelboards.

B.

Main Overcurrent Protective Devices: Circuit breaker.

C.

Branch Overcurrent Protective Devices: 1. For Circuit-Breaker Frame Sizes Larger Than 125 A: Bolt-on circuit breakers; plug-in circuit breakers where individual positive-locking device requires mechanical release for removal. 2.

2.5

For Circuit-Breaker Frame Sizes 125 A and Smaller: Bolt-on circuit breakers.

LIGHTING AND APPLIANCE BRANCH-CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS A.

Branch Overcurrent Protective Devices: Bolt-on circuit breakers, replaceable without disturbing adjacent units.

B.

Doors: Concealed hinges; secured with flush latch with tumbler lock; keyed alike.

2.6

OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES A.

Molded-Case Circuit Breaker: UL 489, with interrupting capacity to meet available fault currents.

PANELBOARDS

16442-3

New Coca Cola Distribution Center 1.

2. 3.

5.

6. B.

12/2013

Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers: Inverse time-current element for low-level overloads, and instantaneous magnetic trip element for short circuits. Adjustable magnetic trip setting for circuit-breaker frame sizes 250 A and larger. Adjustable Instantaneous-Trip Circuit Breakers: Magnetic trip element with frontmounted, field-adjustable trip setting. Electronic trip-unit circuit breakers shall have RMS sensing; field-replaceable rating plug; and with the following field-adjustable settings: a. b. c. d.

4.

2013-13

Instantaneous trip. Long- and short-time pickup levels. Long- and short-time time adjustments. Ground-fault pickup level, time delay, and I2t response.

Current-Limiting Circuit Breakers: Frame sizes 400 A and smaller; let-through ratings less than NEMA FU 1, RK-5. Integrally Fused Circuit Breakers: Thermal-magnetic trip element with integral limiterstyle fuse listed for use with circuit breaker; trip activation on fuse opening or on opening of fuse compartment door. GFCI Circuit Breakers: Single- and two-pole configurations with 30-mA trip sensitivity.

Molded-Case Circuit-Breaker Features and Accessories: Standard frame sizes, trip ratings, and number of poles. 1. 2. 3. 4.

5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

Lugs: Mechanical style, suitable for number, size, trip ratings, and conductor materials. Application Listing: Appropriate for application; Type SWD for switching fluorescent lighting loads; Type HACR for heating, air-conditioning, and refrigerating equipment. Ground-Fault Protection: Integrally mounted relay and trip unit with adjustable pickup and time-delay settings, push-to-test feature, and ground-fault indicator. Communication Capability: Integral communication module with functions and features compatible with power monitoring and control system specified in Division 16 Section "Electrical Power Monitoring and Control." Shunt Trip: 120-V trip coil energized from separate circuit, set to trip at 75 percent of rated voltage. Undervoltage Trip: Set to operate at 35 to 75 percent of rated voltage with fieldadjustable 0.1- to 0.6-second time delay. Auxiliary Contacts: One SPDT switch with "a" and "b" contacts; "a" contacts mimic circuit-breaker contacts, "b" contacts operate in reverse of circuit-breaker contacts. Key Interlock Kit: Externally mounted to prohibit circuit-breaker operation; key shall be removable only when circuit breaker is in off position. Zone-Selective Interlocking: Integral with electronic trip unit; for interlocking groundfault protection function. Multipole units enclosed in a single housing or factory-assembled to operate as a single unit.

C.

Fused Switch: NEMA KS 1, Type HD; clips to accommodate specified fuses; lockable handle.

D.

Fuses are specified in Division 16 Section "Fuses."

PANELBOARDS

16442-4

New Coca Cola Distribution Center 2.7

2013-13

12/2013

CONTROLLERS A.

Motor Controllers: NEMA ICS 2, Class A, combination controller equipped for panelboard mounting and including the following accessories: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.

B.

Contactors: NEMA ICS 2, Class A, combination controller equipped for panelboard mounting and including the following accessories: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

C.

Individual control-power transformers. Fuses for control-power transformers. Indicating lights. Seal-in contact. 2 convertible auxiliary contacts. Push buttons. Selector switches.

Controller Disconnect Switches: Fused switch or adjustable instantaneous-trip circuit breaker integrally mounted adjacent to and interlocked with controller. 1.

D.

Individual control-power transformers. Fuses for control-power transformers. Bimetallic-element overload relay. Indicating lights. Seal-in contact. 2 convertible auxiliary contacts. Push buttons. Selector switches.

Auxiliary Contacts: Integral with disconnect switches to de-energize external controlpower source.

Contactors in Main Bus: NEMA ICS 2, Class A, mechanically held general-purpose controller. 1. 2.

Control-Power Source: Control-power transformer, with fused primary and secondary terminals, connected to main bus ahead of contactor connection. Control-Power Source: 120-V branch circuit.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

INSTALLATION A.

Install panelboards and accessories according to NEMA PB 1.1.

B.

Mount top of trim 74 inches above finished floor, unless otherwise indicated.

C.

Mount plumb and rigid without distortion of box. Mount recessed panelboards with fronts uniformly flush with wall finish.

D.

Install overcurrent protective devices and controllers.

PANELBOARDS

16442-5

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

2013-13

12/2013

E.

Install filler plates in unused spaces.

F.

Stub four 1-inch empty conduits from panelboard into accessible ceiling space or space designated to be ceiling space in the future. Stub four 1-inch empty conduits into raised floor space or below slab not on grade.

3.2

IDENTIFICATION A.

Identify field-installed conductors, interconnecting wiring, and components; provide warning signs as specified in Division 16 Section "Electrical Identification."

B.

Create a directory to indicate installed circuit loads. Obtain approval before installing. Use a computer or typewriter to create directory; handwritten directories are not acceptable.

C.

Panelboard Nameplates: Label each panelboard with engraved metal or laminated-plastic nameplate mounted with corrosion-resistant screws.

3.3

CONNECTIONS A.

Ground equipment according to Division 16 Section "Grounding and Bonding."

B.

Connect wiring according to Division 16 Section "Conductors and Cables."

3.4

FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.

Prepare for acceptance tests as follows: 1. 2.

B.

Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing and inspecting agency to perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports: 1.

2. C.

Test insulation resistance for each panelboard bus, component, connecting supply, feeder, and control circuit. Test continuity of each circuit.

Perform each electrical test and visual and mechanical inspection stated in NETA ATS, Section 7.5 for switches and Section 7.6 for molded-case circuit breakers. Certify compliance with test parameters. Correct malfunctioning units on-site, where possible, and retest to demonstrate compliance; otherwise, replace with new units and retest.

Load Balancing: After Substantial Completion, but not more than 60 days after Final Acceptance, measure load balancing and make circuit changes. 1. 2.

3.

Measure as directed during period of normal system loading. Perform load-balancing circuit changes outside normal occupancy/working schedule of the facility and at time directed. Avoid disrupting critical 24-hour services such as fax machines and on-line data processing, computing, transmitting, and receiving equipment. After circuit changes, recheck loads during normal load period. Record all load readings before and after changes and submit test records.

PANELBOARDS

16442-6

New Coca Cola Distribution Center 4. D.

12/2013

Tolerance: Difference exceeding 20 percent between phase loads, within a panelboard, is not acceptable. Rebalance and recheck as necessary to meet this minimum requirement.

Infrared Scanning: After Substantial Completion, but not more than 60 days after Final Acceptance, perform an infrared scanning of each panelboard. Remove panel fronts so joints and connections are accessible to portable scanner. 1. 2. 3.

3.5

2013-13

Follow-up Infrared Scanning: Perform an additional follow-up infrared scan of each panelboard 11 months after date of Substantial Completion. Instrument: Use an infrared scanning device designed to measure temperature or to detect significant deviations from normal values. Provide calibration record for device. Record of Infrared Scanning: Prepare a certified report that identifies panelboards checked and describes scanning results. Include notation of deficiencies detected, remedial action taken, and observations after remedial action.

CLEANING A.

On completion of installation, inspect interior and exterior of panelboards. Remove paint splatters and other spots. Vacuum dirt and debris; do not use compressed air to assist in cleaning. Repair exposed surfaces to match original finish.

END OF SECTION 16442

PANELBOARDS

16442-7

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

2013-13

12/2013

SECTION 16461 DRY-TYPE TRANSFORMERS (600V AND LESS) PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

RELATED DOCUMENTS A.

1.2

Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY

A.

This Section includes the following types of dry-type transformers rated 600V and less, with capacities up to 1000 kVA: 1. 2.

1.3

Distribution transformers. Control and signal transformers.

SUBMITTALS A.

Product Data Include rated nameplate data, capacities, weights, dimensions, minimum clearances, installed devices and features, and performance for each type and size of transformer indicated.

B.

Shop Drawings: Wiring and connection diagrams.

C.

Source quality-control test reports.

1.4

QUALITY ASSURANCE A.

Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use.

B.

Comply with IEEE C 57.12.91.

1.5

DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A.

Temporary Heating: Apply temporary heat according to manufacturer's written instructions within the enclosure of each ventilated-type unit, throughout periods during which equipment is not energized and when transformer is not in a space that is continuously under normal control of temperature and humidity.

DRY-TYPE TRANSFORMERS (600V AND LESS)

16461-1

New Coca Cola Distribution Center 1.6

2013-13

12/2013

COORDINATION A.

Coordinate size and location of concrete bases. Cast anchor-bolt inserts into bases. Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork requirements are specified in Division 3.

B.

Coordinate installation of wall-mounting and structure-hanging supports.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

MANUFACTURERS A.

Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. 2.

2.2

Square D Schneider Electric. General Electric Company.

MATERIALS A.

Description: Factory-assembled and -tested, air-cooled units for 60-Hz service.

B.

Cores: Grain-oriented, non-aging silicon steel.

C.

Coils: Continuous windings without splices, except for taps.

2.3

1.

Internal Coil Connections: Brazed or pressure type.

2.

Coil material: Copper.

DISTRIBUTION TRANSFORMERS A.

Comply with NEMA ST 20, and list and label as complying with UL 1561.

B.

Cores: One leg per phase.

C.

Enclosure: Ventilated, NEMA 250, Type 2. 1.

Core and coil shall be encapsulated within resin compound, sealing out moisture and air.

D.

Insulation Class: 220 deg C, UL-component-recognized insulation system with a maximum of 150 deg C rise above 40 deg C ambient temperature.

E.

Taps for transformers smaller than 3 kVA: None.

F.

Taps for transformers 7.5 to 24 kVA: Two 5 percent taps below rated voltage.

DRY-TYPE TRANSFORMERS (600V AND LESS)

16461-2

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

2013-13

12/2013

G.

Taps for transformers 25 kVA and larger: Two 2.5 percent taps above and four 2.5 percent taps below normal full capacity.

H.

Wall Brackets: Manufacturer's standard brackets.

2.4

CONTROL AND SIGNAL TRANSFORMERS A.

Description: Self-cooled, two-winding dry type, rated for continuous duty, complying with NEMA ST 1, and listed and labeled as complying with UL 506.

B.

Ratings: Continuous duty. If rating is not indicated, provide at least 50 percent spare capacity above connected peak load.

2.5

SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A.

Test and inspect transformers according to IEEE C57.12.91.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

EXAMINATION A.

Examine conditions for compliance with enclosure- and ambient-temperature requirements for each transformer.

B.

Verify that field measurements are as needed to maintain working clearances required by NFPA 70 and manufacturer's written instructions.

C.

Examine walls and floors for suitable mounting conditions where transformers will be installed.

D.

Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.2

INSTALLATION A.

Install wall-mounting transformers level and plumb with wall brackets fabricated by transformer manufacturer.

B.

Install floor-mounting transformers level on concrete bases. Construct concrete bases of dimensions indicated, but not less than 4 inches larger in both directions than supported unit and 4 inches high.

3.3

CONNECTIONS A.

Ground equipment according to Division 16 Section "Grounding and Bonding."

B.

Connect wiring according to Division 16 Section "Conductors and Cables."

DRY-TYPE TRANSFORMERS (600V AND LESS)

16461-3

New Coca Cola Distribution Center C.

3.4

2013-13

12/2013

Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torquetightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B. ADJUSTING

A.

Record transformer secondary voltage at each unit for at least 48 hours of typical occupancy period. Adjust transformer taps to provide optimum voltage conditions at secondary terminals. Optimum is defined as not exceeding nameplate voltage plus 10 percent and not being lower than nameplate voltage minus 5 percent. Submit recording and tap settings as test results.

B.

Adjust buck-boost transformers to provide nameplate voltage of equipment being served, plus or minus 5 percent, at secondary terminals.

C.

Output Settings Report: Prepare a written report recording output voltages and tap settings.

END OF SECTION 16461

DRY-TYPE TRANSFORMERS (600V AND LESS)

16461-4

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

2013-13

12/2013

SECTION 16491 – FUSES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

RELATED DOCUMENTS A.

1.2

Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY

A.

This Section includes the following: 1.

1.3

Cartridge fuses rated 600 V and less for use in switches.

SUBMITTALS A.

Product Data: Include the following for each fuse type indicated: 1.

1.4

Dimensions and manufacturer's technical data on features, performance, electrical characteristics, and ratings.

QUALITY ASSURANCE A.

Source Limitations: Obtain fuses from a single manufacturer.

B.

Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use.

C.

Comply with NEMA FU 1.

D.

Comply with NFPA 70.

1.5

PROJECT CONDITIONS A.

1.6

Where ambient temperature to which fuses are directly exposed is less than 40 deg F or more than 100 deg F, apply manufacturer's ambient temperature adjustment factors to fuse ratings. COORDINATION

A.

FUSES

Coordinate fuse ratings with utilization equipment nameplate limitations of maximum fuse size.

16491-1

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

2013-13

12/2013

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

MANUFACTURERS A.

Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. 2. 3. 4.

2.2

Cooper Bussman, Inc. Eagle Electric Mfg. Co., Inc.; Cooper Industries, Inc. Ferraz Shawmut, Inc. Tracor, Inc.; Littelfuse, Inc. Subsidiary.

CARTRIDGE FUSES A.

Characteristics: NEMA FU 1, nonrenewable cartridge fuse; class and current rating indicated; voltage rating consistent with circuit voltage.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

EXAMINATION A.

Examine utilization equipment nameplates and installation instructions. Install fuses of sizes and with characteristics appropriate for each piece of equipment.

B.

Evaluate ambient temperatures to determine if fuse rating adjustment factors must be applied to fuse ratings.

C.

Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.2

FUSE APPLICATIONS A.

Feeders: Class RK1, fast acting.

B.

Motor Branch Circuits: Class RK1, time delay.

C.

Other Branch Circuits: Class RK1, time delay.

3.3

INSTALLATION A.

3.4

Install fuses in fusible devices. Arrange fuses so rating information is readable without removing fuse. IDENTIFICATION

A.

FUSES

Install labels indicating fuse replacement information on inside door of each fused switch.

16491-2

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

2013-13

12/2013

END OF SECTION 16491

FUSES

16491-3

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

2013-13

12/2013

SECTION 16511 - INTERIOR LIGHTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

RELATED DOCUMENTS A.

1.2

Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY

A.

This Section includes the following: 1. 2. 3. 4.

B.

1.3

Interior lighting fixtures with lamps and ballasts. Lighting fixtures mounted on exterior building surfaces. Emergency lighting units. Exit signs.

Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 16 Section "Lighting Control Devices" for automatic control of lighting, including time switches, photoelectric relays, and occupancy sensors. DEFINITIONS

A.

BF: Ballast factor. Ratio of light output of a given lamp(s) operated by the subject ballast to the light output of the same lamp(s) when operated on an ANSI reference circuit.

B.

CRI: Color rendering index.

C.

CU: Coefficient of utilization.

D.

LER: Luminaire efficiency rating, which is calculated according to NEMA LE 5. This value can be estimated from photometric data using the following formula: 1.

E. 1.4

LER is equal to the product of total rated lamp lumens times BF times luminaire efficiency, divided by input watts.

RCR: Room cavity ratio. SUBMITTALS

A.

Product Data: For each type of lighting fixture scheduled, arranged in order of fixture designation. Include data on features, accessories, finishes, and the following: 1. 2.

Physical description of fixture, including dimensions and verification of indicated parameters. Emergency lighting unit battery and charger.

INTERIOR LIGHTING

16511-1

New Coca Cola Distribution Center 3. 4. B.

12/2013

Fluorescent and high-intensity-discharge ballasts. Lamps.

Operation and Maintenance Data: For lighting equipment and fixtures to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. Include the following: 1.

1.5

2013-13

Catalog data for each fixture. Include the diffuser, ballast, and lamps installed in that fixture.

QUALITY ASSURANCE A.

Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use.

B.

Comply with NFPA 70.

C.

NFPA 101 Compliance: Comply with visibility and luminance requirements for exit signs.

1.6

COORDINATION A.

Coordinate layout and installation of lighting fixtures and suspension system with other construction that penetrates ceilings or is supported by them, including HVAC equipment, firesuppression system, and partition assemblies.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

MANUFACTURERS A.

In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: 1.

2.2

Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, products specified.

FIXTURES AND COMPONENTS, GENERAL A.

Recessed Fixtures: Comply with NEMA LE 4 for ceiling compatibility for recessed fixtures.

B.

Incandescent Fixtures: Comply with UL 1598. Where LER is specified, test according to NEMA LE 5A.

C.

Fluorescent Fixtures: Comply with UL 1598. Where LER is specified, test according to NEMA LE 5 and NEMA LE 5A as applicable.

D.

HID Fixtures: Comply with UL 1598. Where LER is specified, test according to NEMA LE 5B.

INTERIOR LIGHTING

16511-2

New Coca Cola Distribution Center

2013-13

12/2013

E.

Metal Parts: Free of burrs and sharp corners and edges.

F.

Sheet Metal Components: Steel, unless otherwise indicated. Form and support to prevent warping and sagging.

G.

Doors, Frames, and Other Internal Access: Smooth operating, free of light leakage under operating conditions, and designed to permit re-lamping without use of tools. Designed to prevent doors, frames, lenses, diffusers, and other components from falling accidentally during re-lamping and when secured in operating position.

H.

Reflecting surfaces shall have minimum reflectance as follows, unless otherwise indicated: 1. 2. 3. 4.

I.

White Surfaces: 85 percent. Specular Surfaces: 83 percent. Diffusing Specular Surfaces: 75 percent. Laminated Silver Metallized Film: 90 percent.

Plastic Diffusers, Covers, and Globes: 1.

Acrylic Lighting Diffusers: 100 percent virgin acrylic plastic. High resistance to yellowing and other changes due to aging, exposure to heat, and UV radiation. a. b.

2. 2.3

Lens Thickness: At least 0.125 inch minimum unless different thickness is scheduled. UV stabilized.

Glass: Annealed crystal glass, unless otherwise indicated.

FLUORESCENT LAMP BALLASTS A.

Description: Include the following features, unless otherwise indicated: 1.

B.

Designed for type and quantity of lamps indicated at full light output.

Electronic ballasts for linear lamps shall include the following features, unless otherwise indicated: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.

Comply with NEMA C82.11. Ballast Type: Rapid start, unless otherwise indicated. Programmed Start: Ballasts with two-step lamp starting to extend life of frequently started lamps. Sound Rating: A. Total harmonic distortion rating of less than 10 percent according to NEMA C82.11. Transient Voltage Protection: IEEE C62.41, Category A. Operating Frequency: 20 kHz or higher. Lamp Current Crest Factor: Less than 1.7. Parallel Lamp Circuits: Multiple lamp ballasts connected to maintain full light output on surviving lamps if one or more lamps fail.

INTERIOR LIGHTING

16511-3

New Coca Cola Distribution Center C.

Programmed Rapid Start ballasts shall be series wired, THD